<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' gd:etag='W/&quot;DE4BRH89cSp7ImA9WxBbF08.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529</id><updated>2010-03-16T01:09:15.169-07:00</updated><title>Windows Tutorials</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default?redirect=false&amp;v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false&amp;v=2'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>40</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DE4BRH88cCp7ImA9WxBbF08.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-952875876172943920</id><published>2010-03-16T00:36:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-16T01:09:15.178-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-16T01:09:15.178-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='IIS'/><title>How to configure IIS Web site authentication in Windows Server 2003</title><content type='html'>This article describes how to configure Microsoft Internet     Information Services (IIS) Web site authentication in Windows Server  2003. You     can configure IIS to authenticate users before they are permitted  access to a     Web site, a folder in the site, or even a particular document  contained in a     folder in the site. Authentication in IIS can be used to strengthen  the level     of security on sites, folders, and documents that are not to be  viewed by the     general public.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Authentication in IIS is critical when  resources are     not meant for anonymous or public access, but when the Web server  must be     accessible to approved users over the Internet. Examples of Web site     applications that require authentication access control include  Microsoft     Outlook Web Access (OWA) and the Microsoft Terminal Services  Advanced     Client.&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;How to configure  Authentication in IIS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start IIS Manager or open the IIS snap-in.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expand  &lt;b&gt;&lt;var&gt;Server_name&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/b&gt;, where &lt;var&gt;Server_name&lt;/var&gt; is the name  of the     server, and then expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Web Sites&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the console tree, right-click the Web site, virtual     directory, or file for which you want to configure authentication,  and then     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Directory Security&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;File  Security&lt;/strong&gt; tab (as appropriate), and then under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Anonymous and access     control&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  to select the check box next to the authentication     method or methods that you want to use, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The authentication methods that are  set by default     are &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Anonymous access&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Integrated Windows     authentication&lt;/strong&gt;:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Anonymous access&lt;/strong&gt;: When  anonymous       access is turned on, no authenticated user credentials are  required to access       the site. This option is best used when you want to grant public  access to       information that requires no security. When a user tries to  connect to your Web       site, IIS assigns the connection to the       IUSER_&lt;var&gt;ComputerName&lt;/var&gt; account, where       &lt;var&gt;ComputerName&lt;/var&gt; is the name of the server on which IIS       is running. By default, the IUSER_&lt;var&gt;ComputerName&lt;/var&gt;       account is a member of the Guests group. This group has security  restrictions,       imposed by NTFS file system permissions, that designate the level  of access and       the type of content that is available to public users. To edit the  Windows       account used for anonymous access, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Browse&lt;/strong&gt;  in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Anonymous access&lt;/strong&gt; box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Important&lt;/b&gt;  If you turn on anonymous access, IIS always tries to       authenticate users by using anonymous authentication first, even  if you turn on       additional authentication methods. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Integrated  Windows authentication&lt;/strong&gt;:       Formerly named &lt;i&gt;NTLM&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;Windows NT Challenge/Response  authentication&lt;/i&gt;, this method sends user authentication information  over the       network as a Kerberos ticket, and provides a high level of  security. Windows       Integrated authentication uses Kerberos version 5 and NTLM  authentication. To       use this method, clients must use Microsoft Internet Explorer 2.0  or later.       Additionally, Windows Integrated authentication is not supported  over HTTP       proxy connections. This option is best used for an intranet, where  both the       user and Web server computers are in the same domain, and  administrators can       make sure that every user is using Internet Explorer 2.0 or later. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If multiple authentication options are selected,  IIS tries to       negotiate the most secure method first, and then it works down the  list of       available authentication protocols until a mutual authentication  protocol is       supported by both client and server.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Digest authentication for Windows domain       servers&lt;/strong&gt;: Digest authentication requires a user ID and  password,       provides a medium level of security, and may be used when you want  to grant       access to secure information from public networks. This method  offers the same       functionality as basic authentication. However, this method  transmits user       credentials across the network as an MD5 hash, or &lt;i&gt;message  digest&lt;/i&gt;, in which the original user name and password cannot be       deciphered from the hash. To use this method, clients must use  Microsoft       Internet Explorer 5.0 or later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you turn on digest       authentication, type the realm name in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Realm&lt;/strong&gt;  box. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Basic authentication (password is  sent in clear       text)&lt;/strong&gt;: Basic authentication requires a user ID and  password, and       provides a low level of security. User credentials are sent in  clear text       across the network. This format provides a low level of security  because the       password can be read by almost all protocol analyzers. However, it  is       compatible with the widest number of Web clients. This option is  best used when       you want to grant access to information with little or no need for  privacy.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you turn on basic authentication, type the domain name  that you       want to use in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Default domain&lt;/strong&gt;  box. You can also optionally       enter a value in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Realm&lt;/strong&gt; box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Microsoft .NET Passport       authentication&lt;/strong&gt;: .NET Passport authentication provides  single sign-in       security, which provides users with access to diverse services on  the Internet.       When you select this option, requests to IIS must contain valid  .NET Passport       credentials on either the query string or in the cookie. If IIS  does not detect       .NET Passport credentials, requests are redirected to the .NET  Passport logon       page.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; When you select this option, all other  authentication methods       are unavailable (appear dimmed). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Another type  of authentication is based on the requesting     host instead of on user credentials. You can limit access based on  source IP     address, source network ID, or source domain name. To configure this  type of     authentication, follow these steps:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Address and Domain  Name       Restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Do one of the following:        &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;To deny access, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Granted  Access&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;. In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Deny Access On&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box that  appears, specify the option that you want, and         then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The  computer, group of computers, or domain that you         specified is added to the list. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To grant access, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Denied Access&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;. In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Grant Access  On&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box that appears, select the option that you want,  and         then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The  computer, group of computers, or domain that you         selected is added to the list. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;, and then quit IIS Manager or close the IIS  snap-in.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Troubleshooting&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;You may be prompted to apply any changes  that you have made     to existing sites. If you want the authentication changes applied to  other     content, click the content from the list of child nodes, and then  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;. If you do not want the changes  applied to any of the child     nodes, do not select any items on the list, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In IIS, you can set authentication  options at the Web site,     directory, or file level. The same principles that are discussed in  this     article apply to each.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-952875876172943920?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/952875876172943920/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-configure-iis-web-site.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/952875876172943920?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/952875876172943920?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-configure-iis-web-site.html' title='How to configure IIS Web site authentication in Windows Server 2003'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DkcHSHs7fip7ImA9WxBbF0w.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-8204318201782512995</id><published>2010-03-15T21:32:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T21:33:59.506-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T21:33:59.506-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='IPSec'/><title>How To Configure IPSec Tunneling in Windows Server 2003</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="margin-left: 195px;" class="sbody"&gt; You can use IP Security  (IPSec) in tunnel mode to  encapsulate Internet Protocol (IP) packets and optionally encrypt them.  The  primary reason for using IPSec tunnel mode (sometimes referred to as  "pure  IPSec tunnel") in Windows Server 2003 is for interoperability with  non-Microsoft  routers or gateways that do not support Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol  (L2TP)/IPSec  or PPTP virtual private network (VPN) tunneling technology.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Windows Server 2003 supports IPSec tunneling for  situations  where both tunnel endpoints have static IP addresses. This is primarily  useful  in gateway-to-gateway implementations. However, it may also work for  specialized  network security scenarios between a gateway or router and a server.  (For example, a  Windows Server 2003 router that routes traffic from its external  interface to an  internal Windows Server 2003-based computer that secures the internal  path by  establishing an IPSec tunnel to the internal server that provides  services to the  external clients).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2003 IPSec tunneling is not  supported for client remote access VPN use because the Internet  Engineering Task Force (IETF) IPSec Requests for Comments (RFCs) do not  currently provide a remote access solution in the Internet Key Exchange  (IKE)  protocol for client-to-gateway connections. IETF RFC 2661, Layer Two  Tunneling Protocol "L2TP," was specifically developed by Cisco,  Microsoft, and  others to provide client remote access VPN connections. In  Windows Server 2003, client remote access VPN connections are protected  using  an automatically generated IPSec policy that uses IPSec transport mode  (not  tunnel mode) when the L2TP tunnel type is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows  Server  2003 IPSec tunneling also does not support protocol-specific and  port-specific tunnels.  While the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) IPSec Policy snap-in is  very  general and allows you to associate any type of filter with a tunnel,  make sure that  you use only address information in the specification of a filter for a  tunnel  rule.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information about how the IPSec and IKE  protocols work, see the &lt;i&gt;Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Resource Kit&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; This article describes how to configure an IPSec  tunnel on a Windows Server 2003 gateway. Because the IPSec tunnel  secures only  traffic that is specified in the IPSec filters that you configure, this  article also  describes how to configure filters in the Routing and Remote Access  service to  prevent traffic outside the tunnel from being received or forwarded.  This  article uses the following scenario to make it easy to follow the  configuration steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_close"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Collapse this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Expand  this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table class="table" cellspacing="1"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt; NetA-&lt;br /&gt;WIN2003intIP-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-Windows  Server 2003  gateway-&lt;br /&gt;-WIN2003extIP-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-Internet-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-non-Microsoft  gateway-&lt;br /&gt;-3rdExtIP-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-NetB&lt;br /&gt;-3rdIntIP&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;  is the network ID of the  Windows Server 2003 gateway internal  network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003intIP&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address that is  assigned to the Windows Server 2003 gateway internal network  adapter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address that is  assigned to the Windows Server 2003 gateway external network  adapter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;3rdExtIP&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address  that is assigned to the non-Microsoft gateway external network  adapter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;3rdIntIP&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address that is  assigned to the non-Microsoft gateway internal network  adapter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; is the network ID of the  non-Microsoft gateway internal network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The goal is for the  Windows  Server 2003 gateway and the non-Microsoft gateway to establish an IPSec  tunnel  when traffic from &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; must be routed to  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; or when traffic from  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; must be routed to  &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; so traffic is routed over a secure session.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If  you want to configure an IPSec policy, you must build two filters:  one filter to match packets going from &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; to  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; (tunnel 1), and one filter to match packets going from  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; to &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; (tunnel 2).  You must configure a filter action to specify how the tunnel is secured  (a  tunnel is represented by a rule, so two rules are created).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Create IPSec Policy&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; Typically, a Windows Server 2003 gateway is not a  member of a  domain, so a local IPSec policy is created. If the Windows Server 2003  gateway  is a member of a domain that has IPSec policy applied to all members of  the  domain by default, this prevents the Windows Server 2003 gateway from  having a  local IPSec policy. In this case, you can create an organizational unit  in  Active Directory, make the Windows Server 2003 gateway a member of this  organizational unit, and assign the IPSec policy to the Group Policy  object  (GPO) of the organizational unit. For more information, see the  "Creating,  modifying, and assigning IPSec policies" section of Windows Server 2003  online  Help.&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;, and then type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;secpol.msc&lt;/span&gt; to start the IP  Security Policy Management snap-in.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP  Security Policies on Local Computer&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Create IP  Security Policy&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;, and  then type a name for your policy (for example, &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;IPSec Tunnel with  non-Microsoft Gateway&lt;/span&gt;). Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; You can also  type information in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to clear  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Activate the default response rule&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt; (leave the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; check box selected).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;  The IPSec policy is created with default settings for the IKE  main mode. The IPSec tunnel is made up of two rules. Each rule  specifies a tunnel  endpoint. Because there are two tunnel endpoints, there are two rules.  The  filters in each rule must represent the source and destination IP  addresses in  IP packets that are sent to that rule's tunnel endpoint.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Build a Filter List  from NetA to NetB&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the new policy properties, click to  clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Use Add Wizard&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new rule.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Filter  List&lt;/strong&gt; tab, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type an appropriate name  for the filter list, click to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Use Add Wizard&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source address&lt;/strong&gt; box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;A specific IP Subnet&lt;/strong&gt;, and then type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP  Address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt;to for &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination address&lt;/strong&gt; box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;A specific IP Subnet&lt;/strong&gt;, and then type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Mirrored&lt;/strong&gt; check box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Protocol&lt;/strong&gt; tab. Make sure that the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;protocol type&lt;/strong&gt; is set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Any&lt;/strong&gt;, because IPSec tunnels do not support protocol-specific or port-specific filters.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you want  to type a description for your filter, click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; tab. It is generally a  good idea to give the filter the same name that you used for the filter list. The filter name  appears in the IPSec monitor when the tunnel is active.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Build a Filter List  from NetB to NetA&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Filter  List&lt;/strong&gt; tab, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type an appropriate  name for the filter list, click to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Use Add Wizard&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source address&lt;/strong&gt; box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;A specific IP Subnet&lt;/strong&gt;, and then type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP  Address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination address&lt;/strong&gt; box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;A specific IP Subnet&lt;/strong&gt;, and then type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Mirrored&lt;/strong&gt; check box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If  you want to type a description for your filter, click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Configure a Rule  for a NetA-to-NetB Tunnel&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Filter  List&lt;/strong&gt; tab, and then click to select the filter list that you created.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Tunnel Setting&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;The tunnel endpoint is specified by this IP  Address&lt;/strong&gt; box, and then type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;&lt;var&gt;3rdextip&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/span&gt; (where &lt;var&gt;3rdextip&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address that is assigned to the non-Microsoft gateway external network adapter).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Connection Type&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All network connections&lt;/strong&gt; (or click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Local area network (LAN)&lt;/strong&gt; if &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; is not an ISDN, PPP, or direct-connect serial connection).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Filter Action&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Use Add Wizard&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new filter action  because the default actions allow incoming traffic in clear text.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Negotiate security&lt;/strong&gt; option enabled, and then click to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Accept  unsecured communication, but always respond using IPSec&lt;/strong&gt; check box. You must do this for  secure operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; None of the check boxes at the bottom of  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Filter Action&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box are selected as an initial configuration for a filter action that applies to tunnel rules. Only the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Use session key perfect forward secrecy (PFS)&lt;/strong&gt; check box is a valid setting for  tunnels if the other end of the tunnel is also configured to use PFS.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;, and keep the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Integrity and encryption&lt;/strong&gt; option selected (or you can select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Custom (for expert users)&lt;/strong&gt; option if you want to define specific  algorithms and session key lifetimes). Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) is one  of the two IPSec protocols.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.  Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt; tab, type a name for the new  filter action (for example, &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;IPSec tunnel: ESP DES/MD5&lt;/span&gt;), and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to select  the filter action that you just created. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Authentication Methods&lt;/strong&gt;  tab, configure the authentication method that you want (use &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;preshared key&lt;/strong&gt; for testing, and otherwise use &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;certificates&lt;/strong&gt;).  Kerberos is technically possible if both ends of the tunnel are in trusted domains, and  each trusted domain's IP address  (IP address of a domain controller) is reachable on the network by both ends  of the tunnel during IKE negotiation of the tunnel (before it is established).  But this is  rare.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Configure a Rule  for a NetB-to-NetA Tunnel&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;In IPSec policy properties, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new rule.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Filter  List&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click to select the filter list that you created (from &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; to &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Tunnel  Setting&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;The tunnel endpoint is specified by this IP  Address&lt;/strong&gt; box, and then type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/span&gt; (where &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; is the IP address that is assigned to the Windows Server 2003 gateway external network adapter).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Connection Type&lt;/strong&gt; tab, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All network connections&lt;/strong&gt; (or click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Local area network (LAN)&lt;/strong&gt; if &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; is not an ISDN, PPP, or direct-connect serial connection). Any outbound traffic on the  interface type that matches the filters tries to be tunneled to the tunnel  endpoint that is specified in the rule. Inbound traffic that matches the filters  is discarded because it must be received secured by an IPSec tunnel.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Filter Action&lt;/strong&gt; tab, and then click to select the filter action that you created.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Authentication Methods&lt;/strong&gt; tab, and then configure the same method that you used in the first rule (the same  method must be used in both rules).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;, make sure  both rules that you created are enabled in your policy, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;  again.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Assign Your New  IPSec Policy to Your Windows Server 2003 Gateway&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;In the IP Security Policies on Local Computer MMC  snap-in,  right-click your new policy, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Assign&lt;/strong&gt;.  A green  arrow appears in the folder icon next to your policy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After  your  policy is assigned, you have two additional active filters (Routing and  Remote  Access automatically creates IPSec filters for L2TP traffic). To see  the active  filters, type the following command at a command prompt:&lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;netdiag /test:ipsec /debug&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;  You can optionally redirect the output of this command to a text  file so you can view it with a text editor (such as Notepad) by typing  the  following command: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;netdiag  /test:ipsec /debug &gt; &lt;var&gt;filename&lt;/var&gt;.txt&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt; The &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netdiag&lt;/strong&gt; command is available after you  install the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Support Tools. To install the  Support Tools, locate the  Support\Tools folder on your Windows Server 2003 CD-ROM, right-click  the Suptools.msi file, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt;.  After installation, you may have to run the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netdiag&lt;/strong&gt; command from the &lt;var&gt;%SystemRoot%&lt;/var&gt;\Program  Files\Support  Tools folder (where &lt;var&gt;%SystemRoot%&lt;/var&gt; is the drive where Windows  Server 2003 is  installed).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The tunnel filters look similar to the following  example:&lt;div class="kb_intextwrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_intextbody"&gt;&lt;pre class="in_text"&gt;Local IPSec Policy Active: 'IPSec tunnel with {tunnel endpoint}' IP Security Policy Path:&lt;br /&gt;SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\IPSec\Policy\Local\ipsecPolicy{-longnumber-}&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two filters&lt;br /&gt;From NetA to NetB&lt;br /&gt;Filter ID: {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;Policy ID: {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;IPSEC_POLICY PolicyId = {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;Flags: 0x0&lt;br /&gt;Tunnel Addr: 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;PHASE 2 OFFERS Count = 1&lt;br /&gt;Offer #0:&lt;br /&gt;ESP[ DES MD5 HMAC]&lt;br /&gt;Rekey: 0 seconds / 0 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;AUTHENTICATION INFO Count = 1&lt;br /&gt;Method = Preshared key: -actual key-&lt;br /&gt;Src Addr: NetA Src Mask: -subnet mask-&lt;br /&gt;Dest Addr: NetB Dest Mask: -subnet mask-&lt;br /&gt;Tunnel Addr: 3rdExtIP Src Port: 0 Dest Port: 0&lt;br /&gt;Protocol: 0 TunnelFilter: Yes&lt;br /&gt;Flags : Outbound&lt;br /&gt;From NetB to NetA&lt;br /&gt;Filter ID: {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;Policy ID: {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;IPSEC_POLICY PolicyId = {-long number-}&lt;br /&gt;Flags: 0x0&lt;br /&gt;Tunnel Addr: 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;PHASE 2 OFFERS Count = 1&lt;br /&gt;Offer #0:&lt;br /&gt;ESP[ DES MD5 HMAC]&lt;br /&gt;Rekey: 0 seconds / 0 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;AUTHENTICATION INFO Count = 1&lt;br /&gt;Method = Preshared key: -actual key-&lt;br /&gt;Src Addr: NetB Src Mask: -subnet mask-&lt;br /&gt;Dest Addr: NetA Dest Mask: -subnet mask-&lt;br /&gt;Tunnel Addr: W2KextIP Src Port: 0 Dest Port: 0&lt;br /&gt;Protocol: 0 TunnelFilter: Yes&lt;br /&gt;Flags: Inbound&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Configure Routing  and Remote Access Filtering&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; If you want to prevent traffic that does not have a  source or  destination address that matches &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; or  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;, create an output filter for the external  interface in the Routing and Remote Access MMC so that the filter drops  all traffic except  packets from &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; to  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;. Also create an input filter so the filter drops all  traffic  except packets from &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; to  &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;. You also have to allow traffic to and from  &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; and &lt;var&gt;3rdExtIP&lt;/var&gt;  to allow IKE negotiation when the tunnel is being created. Routing and  Remote  Access filtering is performed over IPSec. You do not have to  specifically allow the IPSec  protocol because it never reaches the IP packet filter layer. The  following  example is a very simple representation of the Windows Server 2003  TCP/IP  architecture: &lt;div class="kb_intextwrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_intextbody"&gt;&lt;pre class="in_text"&gt;Application layer&lt;br /&gt;Transport layer (TCP|UDP|ICMP|RAW)&lt;br /&gt;---- Network layer start ----&lt;br /&gt;IP Packet Filter (where NAT/Routing and Remote Access filtering is done)&lt;br /&gt;IPSec (where IPSec filters are implemented)&lt;br /&gt;Fragmentation/Reassembly&lt;br /&gt;---- Network layer end ------&lt;br /&gt;NDIS Interface&lt;br /&gt;Datalink layer&lt;br /&gt;Physical layer &lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt; To configure the filters in the  Routing and Remote Access  service, load the Routing and Remote Access MMC and follow these steps:    &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expand your server tree under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing  and Remote Access&lt;/strong&gt;, expand the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Routing&lt;/strong&gt;  subtree, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Outbound Filters&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;New&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; check boxes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet  mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep  the protocol set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Any&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;New&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; check boxes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt;  box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet  mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination  network&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;3rdExtIP&lt;/var&gt; (for IKE  negotiation use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep the protocol set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Any&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Drop all packets except those that meet the criteria below&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Input  Filters&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt;  check boxes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt;  box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet  mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination  network&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep  the protocol set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Any&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;New&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; check boxes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Source network&lt;/strong&gt;  box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet  mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;3rdExtIP&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP address&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subnet mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; (for IKE  negotiation use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep the protocol set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Any&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Drop all packets except those that meet the criteria below&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; two times.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If the  Routing and Remote Access server has more than one interface that is connected to the Internet, or if you have multiple  IPSec tunnels, create Routing and Remote Access exempt filters for each IPSec tunnel  (each source and destination IP subnet) for every Internet interface. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Configure Static  Routes in Routing and Remote Access&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; The Windows Server 2003 gateway must have a route  in its route  table for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;. To configure this route, add a  static route in the Routing and Remote Access MMC. If the Windows  Server 2003  gateway is multihomed with two or more network adapters on the same  external  network (or two or more networks that can reach the destination tunnel  IP  &lt;var&gt;3rdExtIP&lt;/var&gt;), the potential exists for the following:   &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Outbound tunnel traffic leaves on one interface, and the inbound tunnel traffic is received on a different interface. Even if you  use IPSec offload network adapters, receiving on a different interface (than the outbound tunnel traffic is sent on) does not allow the receiving  network adapter to process the encryption in hardware, because only the outbound interface can offload the Security Association (SA).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Outbound  tunnel traffic leaves on an interface that is different from the interface that has the tunnel endpoint IP address.  The source IP of the tunneled packet is the source IP on the outbound  interface. If this is not the source IP that is expected by the other end, the tunnel  is not established (or packets are dropped by the remote endpoint if the tunnel  has already been established).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; To avoid sending outbound tunnel  traffic on the  wrong interface, define a static route to bind traffic to  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; to the appropriate external interface:   &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Routing and Remote Access MMC, expand your server tree, expand the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Routing&lt;/strong&gt; subtree,  right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Static Routes&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;New Static Route&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Interface&lt;/strong&gt;  box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (if this is the  interface that you want to always use for outbound tunnel traffic).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Destination network&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Network mask&lt;/strong&gt; for &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Gateway&lt;/strong&gt; box, type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;&lt;var&gt;3rdextip&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Metric&lt;/strong&gt; value set to its default (&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;), and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; To address the issue of  receiving inbound tunnel traffic on the wrong interface, do not advertise the interface's IP address by using a  routing protocol. Also, configure a filter in the Routing and Remote Access  service to drop packets to &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; or &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; as indicated in the "&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#256"&gt;Configure Routing and  Remote Access Filtering&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;" section of this article.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt; Test Your IPSec  Tunnel&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; You can initiate the tunnel by pinging from a  computer on  &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; to a computer on  &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; (or from &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; to  &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt;). If you created the filters correctly and  assigned the correct policy, the two gateways establish an IPSec tunnel  so they  can send the ICMP traffic from the &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; command in encrypted  format. Even if the &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; command works, verify that the ICMP  traffic was sent in encrypted format from gateway to gateway. You can  use the  following tools to do this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;back to  the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Enable Auditing for  Logon Events and Object Access&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; This logs events in the security log. This tells  you if IKE  security association negotiation was tried and if it was successful or  not.   &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Using the Group Policy MMC snap-in, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Local Computer Policy&lt;/strong&gt;, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Computer  Configuration&lt;/strong&gt;, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Windows Settings&lt;/strong&gt;, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Security Settings&lt;/strong&gt;, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Local Policies&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Audit Policy&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enable &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Success&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Failure&lt;/strong&gt;  auditing for &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Audit logon events&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Audit object access&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If the Windows Server 2003 gateway is a member of a  domain and if you are using a domain policy for auditing, the domain policy  overwrites your local policy. In this case, modify the domain policy.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;IP Security Monitor&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; The IP Security Monitor console shows IPSec  statistics and active  security associations (SA). After you try to establish the tunnel by  using the  &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; command, you can see if an SA was created (if the tunnel  creation is successful, an SA is displayed). If the &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt;  command is successful but there is no SA, the ICMP traffic was not  protected by  IPSec. If you see a "soft association" that did not previously exist,  then  IPSec agreed to allow this traffic to go "on the clear" (without  encryption). For additional information about "Soft Associations", click  the following article number to view the article in the Microsoft  Knowledge Base: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a class="KBlink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/234580/EN-US/"&gt;234580&lt;/a&gt;                              &lt;span class="pLink"&gt;             (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/234580/EN-US/                         )         &lt;/span&gt; "Soft Associations" Between IPSec-Enabled and  Non-IPSec-Enabled Computers&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; In Microsoft  Windows XP and the Windows Server 2003 family, IP Security  Monitor is implemented as a Microsoft Management Console (MMC) console.  To add  the IP Security Monitor snap-in, follow these steps:   &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;, type &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MMC&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;File&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add/Remove Snap-in&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;IP Security Monitor&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Network Monitor&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt; You can use Network Monitor to capture traffic  going through the  &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt; interface while you try to ping the  computer. If you can see ICMP packets in the capture file that have  source and  destination IP addresses that correspond to the IP addresses of the  computer that  you are pinging from and the computer you are trying to ping, then  IPSec is  not protecting the traffic. If you do not see this ICMP traffic but do  see ISAKMP  and ESP packets instead, IPSec is protecting the traffic. If you are  using only the  Authentication Header (AH) IPSec protocol, you will see the ISAKMP  traffic  followed by the ICMP packets. ISAKMP packets are the actual IKE  negotiation  occurring, and ESP packets are the payload data encrypted by the IPSec  protocol.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To install Network Monitor, follow these steps:   &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add or Remove Programs&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add/Remove Windows Components&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the Windows Components wizard, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Management and Monitoring Tools&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Details&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subcomponents of Management and Monitoring Tools&lt;/strong&gt;, click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Network  Monitor Tools&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If  you are prompted for additional files, insert the installation CD for your operating system, or type a path of the  location of the files on the network.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/816514#99"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Actual Test&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'moreinformation');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Before you try to &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; from a  computer on one subnet to the other (&lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; or &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt;), type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;ipconfig&lt;/span&gt; at a command prompt. The  network interfaces that are initialized in the TCP/IP stack are displayed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start  the IP Security Monitor tool.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start Network Monitor, and then  on the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Capture&lt;/strong&gt; menu, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Networks&lt;/strong&gt;. Click the &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/span&gt; interface, and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Try to &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; the  computer. The first ICMP echo packets may time out while the IPSec tunnel is being built. If the &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; is  not successful, check the security and system logs. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If the &lt;b&gt;ping&lt;/b&gt; is  successful, stop the Network Monitor capture and see if the ICMP traffic went "on the clear" or if you just see the  ISAKMP and IPSec protocol packets. Check IP Security Monitor to see if an SA was  created using the &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; to &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; filter you created. Also check the security log. You should see Event ID  541 (IKE security association established).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;ipconfig&lt;/span&gt; at a command prompt again to verify that there is no additional TCP/IP interface while the  tunnel is in use. This behavior occurs because IPSec is protecting the traffic  that is going through the physical interface (&lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the remote gateway is also a Windows Server 2003 node, remember that:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;The default gateway for clients in  &lt;var&gt;NetA&lt;/var&gt; is &lt;var&gt;WIN2003extIP&lt;/var&gt;. The  default gateway for clients in &lt;var&gt;NetB&lt;/var&gt; is  &lt;var&gt;3rdIntIP&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;An IPSec tunnel does not change the way  traffic is  routed in the Windows Server 2003 gateway. (This gateway can route  packets because  routing is enabled in Routing and Remote Access. The actual LAN or WAN  interface metrics are still used.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-8204318201782512995?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/8204318201782512995/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-configure-ipsec-tunneling-in.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8204318201782512995?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8204318201782512995?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-configure-ipsec-tunneling-in.html' title='How To Configure IPSec Tunneling in Windows Server 2003'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CU8HRHk5eSp7ImA9WxBbF0w.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-8038622086521501770</id><published>2010-03-15T21:29:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T21:30:35.721-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T21:30:35.721-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='VPN'/><title>How to install and configure a Virtual Private Network server in Windows Server 2003</title><content type='html'>This step-by-step article describes how to install virtual     private networking (VPN) and how to create a new VPN connection in  servers that     are running Windows Server 2003.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With a virtual private  network, you     can connect network components through another network, such as the  Internet.     You can make your Windows Server 2003-based computer a remote-access  server so     that other users can connect to it by using VPN, and then they can  log on to     the network and access shared resources. VPNs do this by "tunneling"  through     the Internet or through another public network in a manner that  provides the     same security and features as a private network. Data is sent across  the public     network by using its routing infrastructure, but to the user, it  appears as if     the data is sent over a dedicated private link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Overview  of VPN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt; A virtual private network is a means of connecting  to a private     network (such as your office network) by way of a public network  (such as the     Internet). A VPN combines the virtues of a dial-up connection to a  dial-up     server with the ease and flexibility of an Internet connection. By  using an     Internet connection, you can travel worldwide and still, in most  places,     connect to your office with a local call to the nearest  Internet-access phone     number. If you have a high-speed Internet connection (such as cable  or DSL) at     your computer and at your office, you can communicate with your  office at full     Internet speed, which is much faster than any dial-up connection  that uses an     analog modem. This technology allows an enterprise to connect to its  branch     offices or to other companies over a public network while  maintaining secure     communications. The VPN connection across the Internet logically  operates as a     dedicated wide area network (WAN) link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Virtual private  networks use     authenticated links to make sure that only authorized users can  connect to your     network. To make sure data is secure as it travels over the public  network, a     VPN connection uses Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) or  Layer Two     Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) to encrypt data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Components  of a VPN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt; A VPN in servers running Windows Server 2003 is  made up of a VPN     server, a VPN client, a VPN connection (that portion of the  connection in which     the data is encrypted), and the tunnel (that portion of the  connection in which     the data is encapsulated). The tunneling is completed through one of  the     tunneling protocols included with servers running Windows Server  2003, both of     which are installed with Routing and Remote Access. The Routing and  Remote     Access service is installed automatically during the installation of  Windows     Server 2003. By default, however, the Routing and Remote Access  service is     turned off.&lt;br /&gt;The two tunneling protocols included with Windows  are:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)&lt;/b&gt;: Provides  data encryption using Microsoft Point-to-Point     Encryption.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Layer Two Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)&lt;/b&gt;:  Provides data encryption, authentication, and integrity using     IPSec.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; Your connection to the Internet must use a  dedicated line such     as T1, Fractional T1, or Frame Relay. The WAN adapter must be  configured with     the IP address and subnet mask assigned for your domain or supplied  by an     Internet service provider (ISP). The WAN adapter must also be  configured as the     default gateway of the ISP router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: To turn on  VPN, you must be logged on using an account that has     administrative rights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  How to install and Turn on a VPN Server&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt; To install and turn on a VPN server, follow these  steps:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;b&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing and Remote     Access&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the server icon that matches the  local server name in     the left pane of the console. If the icon has a red circle in the  lower-left     corner, the Routing and Remote Access service has not been turned  on. If the     icon has a green arrow pointing up in the lower-left corner, the  Routing and     Remote Access service has been turned on. If the Routing and Remote  Access     service was previously turn on, you may want to reconfigure the  server. To     reconfigure the server:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Right-click the server object, and then click       &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Disable Routing and Remote Access&lt;/strong&gt;.  Click &lt;b&gt;Yes&lt;/b&gt; to continue when you are prompted with an  informational       message.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Right-click the server icon, and then  click       &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Configure and Enable Routing and Remote  Access&lt;/strong&gt; to start the       Routing and Remote Access Server Setup Wizard. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;  to continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Remote access  (dial-up or VPN)&lt;/strong&gt;       to turn on remote computers to dial in or connect to this network  through the       Internet. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; to continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  to select &lt;b&gt;VPN&lt;/b&gt; or &lt;b&gt;Dial-up&lt;/b&gt; depending on the role that you  intend to assign to this     server.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the VPN Connection window, click the network  interface     which is connected to the Internet, and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;b&gt;IP Address Assignment&lt;/b&gt; window, click &lt;b&gt;Automatically&lt;/b&gt; if a  DHCP server will be used to assign addresses to remote     clients, or click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;From a specified range of  addresses&lt;/strong&gt; if     remote clients must only be given an address from a pre-defined  pool. In most     cases, the DHCP option is simpler to administer. However, if DHCP is  not     available, you must specify a range of static addresses. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;  to continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you clicked &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;From a  specified range of     addresses&lt;/strong&gt;, the &lt;b&gt;Address Range Assignment&lt;/b&gt; dialog box  opens. Click &lt;b&gt;New&lt;/b&gt;. Type the first IP address in the range of  addresses that you     want to use in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start IP address&lt;/strong&gt;  box. Type the last IP     address in the range in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;End IP address&lt;/strong&gt;  box. Windows     calculates the number of addresses automatically. Click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt; to  return to the &lt;b&gt;Address Range Assignment&lt;/b&gt; window. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;  to continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Accept the default setting of &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;No, use Routing and     Remote Access to authenticate connection requests&lt;/strong&gt;, and then  click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; to continue. Click &lt;b&gt;Finish&lt;/b&gt; to turn on the  Routing and Remote Access service and to configure     the server as a Remote Access server.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;How  to Configure the VPN Server&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt; To continue to configure the VPN server as  required, follow these     steps. &lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;How to  Configure the Remote Access Server as a Router&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; For the remote access server to forward traffic  properly inside     your network, you must configure it as a router with either static  routes or     routing protocols, so that all of the locations in the intranet are  reachable     from the remote access server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To configure the server as a  router:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;b&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing and Remote     Access&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click the server name, and then click  &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;b&gt;General&lt;/b&gt; tab, and then click  to select &lt;b&gt;Router&lt;/b&gt; under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Enable this  computer as a&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;LAN and  demand-dial routing&lt;/strong&gt;, and     then click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt; to close the &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt; dialog box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;How to Modify the Number of  Simultaneous Connections&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; The number of dial-up modem connections is dependent  on the     number of modems that are installed on the server. For example, if  you have     only one modem installed on the server, you can have only one modem  connection     at a time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The number of dial-up VPN connections is  dependent on the     number of simultaneous users whom you want to permit. By default,  when you run     the procedure described in this article, you permit 128 connections.  To change     the number of simultaneous connections, follow these steps:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;b&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing and Remote     Access&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click the server object, right-click  &lt;b&gt;Ports&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;Ports  Properties&lt;/b&gt; dialog box, click &lt;b&gt;WAN Miniport (PPTP)&lt;/b&gt;, and then  click &lt;b&gt;Configure&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;Maximum ports&lt;/b&gt; box, type  the number of VPN connections that you want to     permit.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;, click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt; again, and then  close Routing and Remote Access.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;How to Manage Addresses and Name Servers&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; The VPN server must have IP addresses available to  assign them to     the VPN server's virtual interface and to VPN clients during the IP  Control     Protocol (IPCP) negotiation phase of the connection process. The IP  address     assigned to the VPN client is assigned to the virtual interface of  the VPN     client.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Windows Server 2003-based VPN servers, the IP  addresses     assigned to VPN clients are obtained through DHCP by default. You  can also     configure a static IP address pool. The VPN server must also be  configured with     name resolution servers, typically DNS and WINS server addresses, to  assign to     the VPN client during IPCP negotiation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;How to Manage Access&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; Configure the dial-in properties on user accounts and  remote     access policies to manage access for dial-up networking and VPN  connections.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: By default, users are denied access to dial-up  networking.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Access by  User Account&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; To grant dial-in access to a user account if you are  managing     remote access on a user basis, follow these steps:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;b&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Active Directory Users and     Computers&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click the user account, and then  click &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Dial-in&lt;/strong&gt;  tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Allow access&lt;/strong&gt; to  grant the user     permission to dial in. Click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Access by Group Membership&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt; If you manage remote access on a group basis, follow  these steps:          &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a group with members who are permitted to create VPN     connections.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;b&gt;Administrative  Tools&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing and Remote     Access&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the console tree, expand &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Routing and Remote     Access&lt;/strong&gt;, expand the server name, and then click &lt;b&gt;Remote  Access Policies&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click anywhere in the right pane,  point to &lt;b&gt;New&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Remote Access Policy&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;, type the policy name, and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;VPN&lt;/b&gt; for Virtual Private Access access method, or click &lt;b&gt;Dial-up&lt;/b&gt;  for dial-up access, and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;,  type the name of the group that you created in step 1, and then     click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Follow the on-screen instructions to  complete the     wizard.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the VPN server already permits dial-up  networking     remote access services, do not delete the default policy. Instead,  move it so     that it is the last policy to be evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;How  to Configure a VPN Connection from a Client Computer&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt; To set up a connection to a VPN, follow these  steps. To set up a     client for virtual private network access, follow these steps on the  client     workstation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: You must be logged on as a member  of the Administrators group to     follow these steps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: Because there are several  versions of Microsoft Windows, the     following steps may be different on your computer. If they are, see  your     product documentation to complete these steps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the  client computer, confirm that the connection to the     Internet is correctly configured.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, click &lt;b&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Network Connections&lt;/b&gt;. Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Create a new connection&lt;/strong&gt; under &lt;b&gt;Network Tasks&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Connect  to the network at my     workplace&lt;/strong&gt; to create the dial-up connection. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;  to continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Virtual Private  Network connection&lt;/strong&gt;,     and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type a descriptive name for this  connection in the &lt;b&gt;Company name&lt;/b&gt; dialog box, and then click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;Do not dial the initial connection&lt;/b&gt; if the computer is  permanently connected to the Internet. If the     computer connects to the Internet through an Internet Service  Provider (ISP),     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Automatically dial this initial  connection&lt;/strong&gt;, and then     click the name of the connection to the ISP. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type  the IP address or the host name of the VPN server     computer (for example, VPNServer.SampleDomain.com).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Anyone's use&lt;/strong&gt; if you want to permit     any user who logs on to the workstation to have access to this  dial-up     connection. Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;My use only&lt;/strong&gt; if you  want this connection to     be available only to the currently logged-on user. Click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;Finish&lt;/b&gt; to save the connection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, click  &lt;b&gt;Control Panel&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Network Connections&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click  the new connection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Properties&lt;/b&gt; to continue to  configure options for the connection. To continue     to configure options for the connection, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;If  you are connecting to a domain, click the &lt;b&gt;Options&lt;/b&gt; tab, and then  click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Include Windows logon       domain&lt;/strong&gt; check box to specify whether to request Windows  Server 2003       logon domain information before trying to connect.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you  want the connection to be redialed if the line       is dropped, click the &lt;b&gt;Options&lt;/b&gt; tab, and then click to select  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Redial if line is       dropped&lt;/strong&gt; check box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; To use the  connection, follow these steps:      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, point to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Connect  to&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click the new     connection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you do not currently have a connection to the  Internet,     Windows offers to connect to the Internet.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the  connection to the Internet is made, the VPN server     prompts you for your user name and password. Type your user name and  password,     and then click &lt;b&gt;Connect&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Your network resources must be  available to you in the same     way they are when you connect directly to the network.&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;:  To disconnect from the VPN, right-click the connection icon, and     then click &lt;b&gt;Disconnect&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Troubleshooting&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Troubleshooting  Remote Access VPNs&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'summary');         &lt;/script&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Cannot Establish a Remote Access  VPN Connection&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The name of the client  computer is the same as the name of     another computer on the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify  that the names of all computers on the network and     computers connecting to the network are using unique computer names.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;:  The Routing and Remote Access service is not started on the VPN     server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify the state of the Routing and  Remote Access service on the     VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center  for more     information about how to monitor the Routing and Remote Access  service, and how     to start and stop the Routing and Remote Access service. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: Remote access is not turned on on the  VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Turn on remote access on the VPN  server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the     Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center for more information  about how to     turn on the remote access server. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the  Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: PPTP or L2TP ports are not turned on  for inbound remote access     requests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Turn on PPTP or L2TP ports, or  both, for inbound remote access     requests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support  Center for     more information about how to configure ports for remote access.  Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The LAN protocols used by the VPN  clients are not turned on for     remote access on the VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Turn on  the LAN protocols used by the VPN clients for remote     access on the VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help  and     Support Center for more information about how to view properties of  the remote     access server. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003  Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: All of the PPTP or L2TP ports on the  VPN server are already     being used by currently connected remote access clients or  demand-dial routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify that all of the PPTP or L2TP ports  on the VPN server are     already being used. To do so, click &lt;b&gt;Ports&lt;/b&gt; in Routing and  Remote Access. If the number of PPTP or L2TP ports     permitted is not high enough, change the number of PPTP or L2TP  ports to permit     more concurrent connections.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003  Help and     Support Center for more information about how to add PPTP or L2TP  ports. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and  Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN server does not support the  tunneling protocol of the     VPN client.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By default, Windows Server 2003 remote access  VPN     clients use the &lt;b&gt;Automatic &lt;/b&gt; server type option, which means  that they try to establish an     L2TP over IPSec-based VPN connection first, and then they try to  establish a     PPTP-based VPN connection. If VPN clients use either the &lt;b&gt;Point-to-Point  Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)&lt;/b&gt; or &lt;b&gt;Layer-2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)&lt;/b&gt;  server type option, verify that the selected tunneling protocol     is supported by the VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By default, a computer  running     Windows Server 2003 Server and the Routing and Remote Access service  is a PPTP     and L2TP server with five L2TP ports and five PPTP ports. To create a  PPTP-only     server, set the number of L2TP ports to zero. To create an L2TP-only  server,     set the number of PPTP ports to zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  Verify that the appropriate number of PPTP or L2TP ports is     configured.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support  Center for     more information about how to add PPTP or L2TP ports. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN client and the VPN server in  conjunction with a remote     access policy are not configured to use at least one common  authentication     method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Configure the VPN client and the  VPN server in conjunction with     a remote access policy to use at least one common authentication     method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center  for more     information about how to configure authentication. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN client and the VPN server in  conjunction with a remote     access policy are not configured to use at least one common  encryption method.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Configure the VPN client and the VPN server  in conjunction with     a remote access policy to use at least one common encryption method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center for more  information about     how to configure encryption. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the  Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN connection does not have the  appropriate permissions     through dial-in properties of the user account and remote access  policies.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify that the VPN connection has the  appropriate permissions     through dial-in properties of the user account and remote access  policies. For     the connection to be established, the settings of the connection  attempt must:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Match all of the conditions of at least one remote       access policy.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Be granted remote access permission through  the user       account (set to &lt;b&gt;Allow access&lt;/b&gt;) or through the user account  (set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Control access       through Remote Access Policy&lt;/strong&gt;) and the remote access  permission of the       matching remote access policy (set to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Grant  remote access       permission&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Match all the settings of the  profile. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Match all the settings of the dial-in properties of  the       user account.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; See the Windows Server 2003 Help and  Support Center for an     introduction to remote access policies, and for more information  about how to     accept a connection attempt. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the  Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center.     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The settings of the remote access policy  profile are in conflict     with properties of the VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The properties of the  remote     access policy profile and the properties of the VPN server both  contain     settings for:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Multilink.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Bandwidth allocation protocol (BAP).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Authentication  protocols. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; If the settings of the profile of the matching  remote     access policy are in conflict with the settings of the VPN server,  the     connection attempt is rejected. For example, if the matching remote  access     policy profile specifies that the Extensible Authentication Protocol  -     Transport Level Security (EAP-TLS) authentication protocol must be  used and EAP     is not enabled on the VPN server, the connection attempt is  rejected.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify that the settings of the remote  access policy profile are     not in conflict with properties of the VPN server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the  Windows     Server 2003 Help and Support Center for more information about  additional     information about multilink, BAP and authentication protocols. Click  &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center.     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The answering router cannot validate the  credentials of the     calling router (user name, password, and domain name).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  Verify that the credentials of the VPN client (user name,     password, and domain name) are correct and can be validated by the  VPN     server.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: There are not enough addresses in the  static IP address pool.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: If the VPN server is configured with a  static IP address pool,     verify that there are enough addresses in the pool. If all of the  addresses in     the static pool have been allocated to connected VPN clients, the  VPN server     cannot allocate an IP address, and the connection attempt is  rejected. If all     of the addresses in the static pool have been allocated, modify the  pool. See     the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center for more information  about     TCP/IP and remote access, and how to create a static IP address  pool. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and  Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN client is configured to  request its own IPX node number     and the VPN server is not configured to permit IPX clients to  request their own     IPX node number.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Configure the VPN server  to permit IPX clients to request their     own IPX node number.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and  Support     Center for more information about IPX and remote access. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN server is configured with a  range of IPX network numbers     that are being used elsewhere on your IPX network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  Configure the VPN server with a range of IPX network numbers     that is unique to your IPX network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server  2003 Help     and Support Center for more information about IPX and remote access.  Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The authentication provider of the VPN  server is improperly     configured.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify the configuration of the  authentication provider. You can     configure the VPN server to use either Windows Server 2003 or Remote     Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) to authenticate the  credentials of     the VPN client.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support  Center     for more information about authentication and accounting providers,  and how to     use RADIUS authentication. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows  Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN server cannot access Active  Directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: For a VPN server that is a  member server in a mixed-mode or     native-mode Windows Server 2003 domain that is configured for  Windows Server     2003 authentication, verify that:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;RAS and IAS Servers&lt;/strong&gt;  security group       exists. If not, create the group and set the group type to  Security and the       group scope to Domain local.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;RAS  and IAS Servers&lt;/strong&gt; security group       has Read permission to the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;RAS and IAS  Servers Access Check&lt;/strong&gt;       object.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The computer account of the VPN server computer is  a       member of the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;RAS and IAS Servers&lt;/strong&gt;  security group. You can use       the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netsh ras show registeredserver&lt;/strong&gt;  command to view the       current registration. You can use the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netsh  ras add       registeredserver&lt;/strong&gt; command to register the server in a  specified       domain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you add (or remove) the VPN server computer to  the &lt;b&gt;RAS and IAS Servers&lt;/b&gt; security group, the change does not take  effect immediately       (because of the way that Windows Server 2003 caches Active  Directory       information). To immediately effect this change, restart the VPN  server       computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The VPN server is a member of the domain.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center for     more information about how to add a group, how to verify permissions  for the     RAS and IAS security group, and about &lt;b&gt;netsh&lt;/b&gt; commands for  remote access. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help  and Support Center.     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: A Windows NT 4.0-based VPN server cannot  validate connection     requests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: If VPN clients are dialing in to a  VPN server running Windows NT     4.0 that is a member of a Windows Server 2003 mixed-mode domain,  verify that     the Everyone group is added to the Pre-Windows 2000 Compatible  Access group     with the following command: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;"net localgroup "Pre-Windows 2000 Compatible Access""&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;  If not, type the following command at a command prompt on a     domain controller computer, and then restart the domain controller  computer: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;net localgroup  "Pre-Windows 2000 Compatible Access" everyone /add&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt; See the  Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center for more     information about Windows NT 4.0 remote access server in a Windows  Server 2003     domain. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003 Help  and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: The VPN server cannot communicate with  the configured RADIUS     server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: If you can reach your RADIUS server  only through your Internet     interface, do one of the following:      &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add an input filter and an output filter to the       Internet interface for UDP port 1812 (based on RFC 2138, "Remote  Authentication       Dial-In User Service (RADIUS)"). –or-&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add an input filter  and an output filter to the       Internet interface for UDP port 1645 (for older RADIUS servers),  for RADIUS       authentication and UDP port 1813 (based on RFC 2139, "RADIUS  Accounting"). -or-      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; -or- Add an input filter and an output filter to  the       Internet interface for UDP port 1646 (for older RADIUS servers)  for RADIUS       accounting.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support  Center for     more information about how to add a packet filter. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center.     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: Cannot connect to the VPN server over the  Internet using the     Ping.exe utility.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Because of the PPTP and  L2TP over IPSec packet filtering that is     configured on the Internet interface of the VPN server, Internet  Control     Message Protocol (ICMP) packets used by the ping command are  filtered out. To     turn on the VPN server to respond to ICMP (ping) packets, add an  input filter     and an output filter that permit traffic for IP protocol 1 (ICMP     traffic).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support  Center for     more information about how to add a packet filter. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Cannot Send and Receive Data&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;:  The appropriate demand-dial interface has not been added to the     protocol being routed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Add the appropriate  demand-dial interface to the protocol being     routed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;See the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support Center  for more     information about how to add a routing interface. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: There are no routes on both sides of  the router-to-router VPN     connection that support the two-way exchange of traffic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  Unlike a remote access VPN connection, a router-to-router VPN     connection does not automatically create a default route. Create  routes on both     sides of the router-to-router VPN connection so that traffic can be  routed to     and from the other side of the router-to-router VPN connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; You     can manually add static routes to the routing table, or you can add  static     routes through routing protocols. For persistent VPN connections,  you can turn     on Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) or Routing Information Protocol  (RIP) across     the VPN connection. For on-demand VPN connections, you can  automatically update     routes through an auto-static RIP update. See Windows Server 2003  online Help     for more information about how to add an IP routing protocol, how to  add a     static route, and how to perform auto-static updates. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: A two-way initiated, the answering  router as a remote access     connection is interpreting router-to-router VPN connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  If the user name in the credentials of the calling router     appears under &lt;b&gt;Dial-In Clients&lt;/b&gt; in Routing and Remote Access,  the answering router may interpret     the calling router as a remote access client. Verify that the user  name in the     credentials of the calling router matches the name of a demand-dial  interface     on the answering router. If the incoming caller is a router, the  port on which     the call was received shows a status of &lt;b&gt;Active&lt;/b&gt; and the  corresponding demand-dial interface is in a &lt;b&gt;Connected&lt;/b&gt; state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; See Windows Server 2003 online Help for more     information about how to check the status of the port on the  answering router,     and how to check the status of the demand-dial interface. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;  to access the Windows Server 2003 Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: Packet filters on the demand-dial  interfaces of the calling     router and answering router are preventing the flow of traffic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;:  Verify that there are no packet filters on the demand-dial     interfaces of the calling router and answering router that prevent  the sending     or receiving of traffic. You can configure each demand-dial  interface with IP     and IPX input and output filters to control the exact nature of  TCP/IP and IPX     traffic that is permitted into and out of the demand-dial interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    See Windows Server 2003 online Help for more information about how  to manage     packet filters. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003  Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cause&lt;/b&gt;: Packet filters on the remote access  policy profile are     preventing the flow of IP traffic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Solution&lt;/b&gt;: Verify  that there are no configured TCP/IP packet filters on the     profile properties of the remote access policies on the VPN server  (or the     RADIUS server if Internet Authentication Service is used) that are  preventing     the sending or receiving of TCP/IP traffic. You can use remote  access policies     to configure TCP/IP input and output packet filters that control the  exact     nature of TCP/IP traffic permitted on the VPN connection. Verify  that the     profile TCP/IP packet filters are not preventing the flow of  traffic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    See Windows Server 2003 online Help for more information about how  to configure     IP options. Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt; to access the Windows Server 2003  Help and Support     Center.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-8038622086521501770?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/8038622086521501770/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-and-configure-virtual.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8038622086521501770?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8038622086521501770?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-and-configure-virtual.html' title='How to install and configure a Virtual Private Network server in Windows Server 2003'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;C08GQ3w7fSp7ImA9WxBbF0w.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-3946992124289666475</id><published>2010-03-15T19:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T20:57:02.205-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T20:57:02.205-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='FTP'/><title>Using FTP Over SSL</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;Introduction&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Microsoft has created a new FTP service that has been completely  rewritten for Windows Server® 2008. This FTP service incorporates many  new features that enable web authors to publish content better than  before, and offers web administrators more security and deployment  options.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;One of the features is FTP over Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), which  allows sessions to be encrypted between an FTP client and server. This  document walks you through: setting up an FTP site; and, configuring  that site to use SSL with the new FTP user interface, which allows you  to directly edit the IIS 7.0 configuration files. It contains:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: This walk-through contains a series of steps  where you log in to your FTP site using the local administrator account.  These steps should only be followed on the server itself using the  loopback address or over SSL from a remote server. If you prefer to use a  separate user account instead of the administrator account, you must  create the appropriate folders and set the correct permissions for that  user account when necessary.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="01" name="01"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The following items are required to be installed to complete the  procedures in this article:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;IIS 7.0 must be installed on your Windows 2008 Server, and the  Internet Information Services Manager must be installed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The new FTP service. You can download and install the FTP service  from the &lt;a href="http://www.iis.net/" mce_href="http://www.iis.net/"&gt;http://www.iis.net/&lt;/a&gt;  web site using one of the following links:  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li value="3"&gt;You will need to create a root folder for FTP  publishing:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a folder at "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot"&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Set the permissions to allow access for the administrators group:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open a command prompt.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type the following command:&lt;br /&gt;ICACLS  "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot" /Grant administrators:F /T&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Close the command prompt.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: The settings listed in this walkthrough  specify "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot" as the path to your FTP site.  You are not required to use this path; however, if you change the  location for your site you must change the site-related paths that are  used throughout this walkthrough.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="02" name="02"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;OPTIONAL: Creating a Self-signed SSL  Certificate&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this optional task you will create a self-signed SSL certificate  that you will use for testing your FTP site.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;: If you are setting up an FTP site for Internet-based  activity, you would obtain an SSL certificate from one of the many  Certification Authorities, such as VeriSign, Thawte, DigiCert, etc. For  more information about Certification Authorities, see the following page  on the Microsoft Developer Network Web site:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb540797%28VS.85%29.aspx" target="_blank"&gt;http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb540797(VS.85).aspx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open the Internet Information Services (IIS 7.0) Manager.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click your computer at the top node of the &lt;strong&gt;Connections&lt;/strong&gt;  tree, then double-click the &lt;strong&gt;Server Certificates&lt;/strong&gt;  feature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=407" mce_href="/file.axd?i=407"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 396px; height: 372px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=407" mce_src="/file.axd?i=407" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Create Self-Signed Certificate&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt;  pane.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=408" mce_href="/file.axd?i=408"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 410px; height: 429px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=408" mce_src="/file.axd?i=408" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter "My FTP Certificate" as the name for the new certificate, then  click &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=409" mce_href="/file.axd?i=409"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 446px; height: 350px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=409" mce_src="/file.axd?i=409" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="03" name="03"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Creating an SSL-enabled FTP Site Using  the IIS 7.0 Manager&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1: Use the FTP Site Wizard to Create an SSL-based FTP Site&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this first step, you create a new FTP site that can only be opened  using your administrator account.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to IIS 7.0 Manager. In the &lt;strong&gt;Connections&lt;/strong&gt; pane,  click the &lt;strong&gt;Sites&lt;/strong&gt; node in the tree.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click the &lt;strong&gt;Sites&lt;/strong&gt; node in the tree and click &lt;strong&gt;Add  FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt;, or click &lt;strong&gt;Add FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt;  pane.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=410" mce_href="/file.axd?i=410"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 439px; height: 580px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=410" mce_src="/file.axd?i=410" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the &lt;strong&gt;Add FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt; wizard appears:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter "My New FTP Site" in the &lt;strong&gt;FTP site name&lt;/strong&gt; box,  then navigate to the "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot" folder that you  created in the Prerequisites section.&lt;strong&gt; Note: &lt;/strong&gt;If you  choose to type in the path to your content folder, you can use  environment variables in your paths.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=654" mce_href="/file.axd?i=654"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 432px; height: 388px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=654" mce_src="/file.axd?i=654" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the next page of the wizard:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose an IP address for your FTP site from the &lt;strong&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt;  drop-down, or choose to accept the default selection of "All  Unassigned." Because you will use the administrator account later in  this walk-through, make sure that you restrict access to the server and  enter the local loopback IP address for your computer by typing  "127.0.0.1" in the &lt;strong&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt; box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You would normally enter the TCP/IP port for the FTP site in the &lt;strong&gt;Port&lt;/strong&gt;  box. For this walk-through, choose to accept the default port of 21.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For this walk- through, you do not use a host name, so make sure  that the &lt;strong&gt;Virtual Host&lt;/strong&gt; box is blank.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure that the &lt;strong&gt;Certificates&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down is set to  your SSL certificate. For example, if you followed the optional step to  create a self-signed certificate, the drop-down box should say "My FTP  Certificate".&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure that the &lt;strong&gt;Allow SSL&lt;/strong&gt; option is selected.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=1612"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 405px; height: 364px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=1612" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the next page of the wizard:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Basic&lt;/strong&gt; for the &lt;strong&gt;Authentication&lt;/strong&gt;  settings.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For the &lt;strong&gt;Authorization&lt;/strong&gt; settings:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose "Specified users" from the &lt;strong&gt;Allow access to&lt;/strong&gt;  drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type "administrator" for the user name.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Read&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Write&lt;/strong&gt; for the &lt;strong&gt;Permissions&lt;/strong&gt;  option.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When you have completed these items, click &lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=656" mce_href="/file.axd?i=656"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 395px; height: 301px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=656" mce_src="/file.axd?i=656" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Summary&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;You have successfully created a new SSL-based FTP site using the new  FTP service.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To recap the items that you completed in this step:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;You created a new FTP site named "My New FTP Site", with the site's  content root at "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot".&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You bound the FTP site to the local loopback address for your  computer on port 21.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You chose to require Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the FTP site,  and selected your SSL certificate.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You enabled Basic Authentication and created an authorization rule  for the local administrator account for Read and Write access.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2: Configuring Additional FTP SSL Settings&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The SSL policy for FTP is customizable on a site-by-site basis.  Different settings can be specified for the control and data channels.  In this step, you configure additional SSL settings for your FTP site  that ensure that all user credentials are encrypted, even if all other  FTP activity is not.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to the IIS 7.0 Manager. Click the node for the FTP site that you  created in Step 1. The icons for all of the FTP features display.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=414" mce_href="/file.axd?i=414"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 436px; height: 533px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=414" mce_src="/file.axd?i=414" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In order to configure the SSL options, double-click the &lt;strong&gt;FTP  SSL Settings&lt;/strong&gt; icon to open the SSL settings feature page.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=415" mce_href="/file.axd?i=415"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 514px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=415" mce_src="/file.axd?i=415" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the &lt;strong&gt;FTP SSL Settings&lt;/strong&gt; page displays, select the  &lt;strong&gt;Custom&lt;/strong&gt; option, and then click the &lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;  button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=416" mce_href="/file.axd?i=416"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 438px; height: 592px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=416" mce_src="/file.axd?i=416" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the &lt;strong&gt;Advanced SSL Policy&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box is  displayed:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;Require only for credentials&lt;/strong&gt; option for  the control channel. &lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: This setting requires that  all user names and password are encrypted via SSL, but the client can  choose whether to encrypt all other control channel activity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;Allow&lt;/strong&gt; option for the data channel.&lt;strong&gt;  Note&lt;/strong&gt;: This setting allows the client to choose whether to  encrypt any data channel activity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When you have completed these items, click &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=417" mce_href="/file.axd?i=417"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 404px; height: 391px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=417" mce_src="/file.axd?i=417" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the &lt;strong&gt;FTP SSL Settings&lt;/strong&gt; page, click &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt;  in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt; pane to save the SSL settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=418" mce_href="/file.axd?i=418"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 447px; height: 666px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=418" mce_src="/file.axd?i=418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Summary&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;To recap the items that you completed in this step:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the control channel SSL policy to require that all  user credentials are encrypted, and allowed FTP clients to determine  whether to encrypt all other control channel activity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the data channel SSL policy to allow FTP clients to  determine whether to encrypt any data channel activity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Logging in To Your FTP Site &lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In Step 1, you created an FTP site that can be accessed by the  administrator account. In Step 2, you configured the control channel SSL  policy to require that all user credentials are encrypted while  allowing FTP clients to choose whether or not all other control channel  and data channel activity be encrypted.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When logging in to the FTP server using an SSL-capable FTP client,  the FTP server supports the following explicit security options:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;TLS-C/TLS - Use TLS for the connection with RFC2228 defaults. This  means that there is no implicit protection of the data connection.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;TLS-P/SSL - Use TLS for the connection. This means that the data  connection is implicitly protected.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;These settings can be configured when specifying the SSL connection  options in most 3&lt;sup&gt;rd&lt;/sup&gt;-part FTP clients.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="04" name="04"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Adding SSL-based FTP Publishing by  Editing the IIS 7.0 Configuration Files&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can also add SSL-based FTP publishing to an existing Web site by  editing the IIS 7.0 configuration files.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: Editing your applicationHost.config file  requires full administrative permissions. Use one of two methods:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Log in to your computer using the local "administrator" account.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you are logged in using an account with administrative  permissions that is not the local "administrator" account, open Notepad  using the "Run as Administrator" option.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: One of the above steps is required because the  User Account Control (UAC) security component in the Windows Vista and  Windows Server 2008 operating systems prevents access to your  applicationHost.config file. For more information about UAC, please see  the following documentation:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664" mce_href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664"&gt;http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;The following steps walk you through all of the required settings to  add FTP publishing for the Default Web Site.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1: Retrieve the Hash for your SSL Certificate:&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong&gt;Server Certificates&lt;/strong&gt; feature, double-click  your SSL certificate. For example, if you followed the optional step to  create a self-signed certificate, you would double-click the certificate  that is named "My FTP Certificate".&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the &lt;strong&gt;Details&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll through the fields until you locate the &lt;strong&gt;Thumbprint&lt;/strong&gt;  value.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Highlight the &lt;strong&gt;Thumbprint&lt;/strong&gt; value, the data displays  as:&lt;br /&gt;"f0 1e d2 3c b4 5a 96 78 87 69 a5 4b c3 2d e1 0f f0 1e d2 3c"&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Copy the hex data from the text box and paste it in the clipboard.  Then, open Windows Notepad and paste the data into a blank document.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; You will use this information later.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2: Add FTP to your Default Web Site&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Using a text editor such as Windows Notepad, open your  applicationHost.config file, which is located in your  %SystemRoot%\System32\inetsrv\config folder by default.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Locate the section for your Default Web Site. It should resemble the  following example: &lt;pre&gt;&lt;samp&gt;&lt;site name="Default Web Site" id="1"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;application path="/"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;virtualdirectory path="/" physicalpath="%SystemDrive%\inetpub\wwwroot"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/virtualdirectory&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;bindings&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;binding protocol="http" bindinginformation="*:80:"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/binding&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/bindings&gt;&lt;/application&gt;&lt;/site&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new binding element in the bindings collection. Set the  value of the protocol attribute on the new binding element to contain  "ftp", then change the port value of the bindingInformation attribute to  contain "21". Your Default Web Site's settings should now resemble the  following example: &lt;pre&gt;&lt;samp&gt;&lt;site name="Default Web Site" id="1"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;application path="/"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;virtualdirectory path="/" physicalpath="%SystemDrive%\inetpub\wwwroot"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/virtualdirectory&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;bindings&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;binding protocol="http" bindinginformation="*:80:"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;binding protocol="ftp" bindinginformation="*:21:"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/binding&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/binding&gt;&lt;/bindings&gt;&lt;/application&gt;&lt;/site&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add an &lt;ftpserver&gt; section beneath the closing  &lt;bindings&gt; tag that will contain your authentication and SSL  settings. &lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: The authentication settings for FTP  sites are configured at the site-level, unlike authentication for Web  sites, which can be configured per URL. &lt;pre&gt;&lt;samp&gt;&lt;ftpserver&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;security&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;authentication&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;anonymousauthentication enabled="false" username="IUSR"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;basicauthentication enabled="true"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;/basicauthentication&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;ssl servercerthash="" controlchannelpolicy="SslRequire" datachannelpolicy="SslRequire"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/ssl&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/anonymousauthentication&gt;&lt;/authentication&gt;&lt;/security&gt;&lt;/ftpserver&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/bindings&gt;&lt;/ftpserver&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Copy and paste the thumbprint data from the SSL certificate into the  serverCertHash attribute of the SSL element. Remove all the spaces from  the thumbprint data. (&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: If you do not convert the  hex data to uppercase, it will not show up in IIS Manager later.) Your  Default Web Site settings should now contain something like the  following example: &lt;pre&gt;&lt;samp&gt;&lt;site name="Default Web Site" id="1"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;application path="/"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;virtualdirectory path="/" physicalpath="%SystemDrive%\inetpub\wwwroot"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/virtualdirectory&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;bindings&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;binding protocol="http" bindinginformation="*:80:"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;binding protocol="ftp" bindinginformation="*:21:"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/binding&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;ftpserver&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;security&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;authentication&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             &lt;anonymousauthentication enabled="false"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             &lt;basicauthentication enabled="true"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;/basicauthentication&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;/anonymousauthentication&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;ssl servercerthash="F01ED23CB45A96788769A54BC32DE10FF01ED23C" controlchannelpolicy="SslRequire" datachannelpolicy="SslRequire"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/ssl&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/authentication&gt;&lt;/security&gt;&lt;/ftpserver&gt;&lt;/binding&gt;&lt;/bindings&gt;&lt;/application&gt;&lt;/site&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Scroll to the bottom of your applicationHost.config file and add a  location section for your Default Web Site that will contain your  authorization settings. &lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: As shown in this example,  the authorization settings for FTP sites are configured per URL. &lt;pre&gt;&lt;samp&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;location path="Default Web Site"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;system.ftpserver&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;security&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;authorization&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             &lt;add accesstype="Allow" users="administrator" permissions="Read, Write"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;/add&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     &lt;/authorization&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/security&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/system.ftpserver&gt;&lt;/location&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Save your applicationHost.config file.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;You should now be able to log in to your Default Web Site using an  SSL-based FTP client.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Summary&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this task you added SSL-based FTP publishing to your Default Web  Site by editing the IIS 7.0 configuration files. To recap the items that  you completed in this task:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;You added an FTP binding to the Default Web Site.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You enabled FTP basic authentication and disabled FTP anonymous  authentication for the Default Web Site.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the site to require SSL for all control channel and  data channel activity.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the administrator account for Read/Write permissions  for the Default Web Site.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-3946992124289666475?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/3946992124289666475/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/using-ftp-over-ssl.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/3946992124289666475?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/3946992124289666475?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/using-ftp-over-ssl.html' title='Using FTP Over SSL'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;D0QEQXc-fCp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-8685557034375658469</id><published>2010-03-15T18:59:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T19:08:20.954-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T19:08:20.954-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='FTP'/><title>Configuring FTP Firewall Settings</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;Introduction&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Microsoft has created a new FTP service that has been completely  rewritten for Windows Server® 2008. This FTP service incorporates many  new features that enable web authors to publish content better than  before, and offers web administrators more security and deployment  options. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This document walks you through configuring the firewall settings for  the new FTP server. It contains:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Use the FTP Site Wizard to Create an FTP Site With Anonymous  Authentication&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this section you, create a new FTP site that can be opened for  Read-only access by anonymous users. To do so, use the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to the IIS 7.0 Manager. In the &lt;strong&gt;Connections&lt;/strong&gt; pane,  click the &lt;strong&gt;Sites&lt;/strong&gt; node in the tree. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click the &lt;strong&gt;Sites&lt;/strong&gt; node in the tree and click &lt;strong&gt;Add  FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt;, or click &lt;strong&gt;Add FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt;  pane.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=473" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=473"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 549px; height: 545px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=473" mce_src="/file.axd?i=473" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the &lt;strong&gt;Add FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt; wizard appears:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter "My New FTP Site" in the &lt;strong&gt;FTP site name&lt;/strong&gt; box,  then navigate to the "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot" folder that you  created in the Prerequisites section. &lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: If you  choose to type in the path to your content folder, you can use  environment variables in your paths.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=669" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=669"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 541px; height: 412px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=669" mce_src="/file.axd?i=669" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the next page of the wizard:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose an IP address for your FTP site from the &lt;strong&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt;  drop-down, or choose to accept the default selection of "All  Unassigned." Because you will be accessing this FTP site remotely, you  want to make sure that you do not restrict access to the local server  and enter the local loopback IP address for your computer by typing  "127.0.0.1" in the &lt;strong&gt;IP Address&lt;/strong&gt; box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You would normally enter the TCP/IP port for the FTP site in the &lt;strong&gt;Port&lt;/strong&gt;  box. For this walk-through, you will choose to accept the default port  of 21.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For this walkthrough, you do not use a host name, so make sure that  the &lt;strong&gt;Virtual Host&lt;/strong&gt; box is blank.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure that the &lt;strong&gt;Certificates&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down is set to  "Not Selected" and that the &lt;strong&gt;Allow SSL&lt;/strong&gt; option is  selected.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=1615"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 496px; height: 378px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=1615" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the next page of the wizard:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Anonymous&lt;/strong&gt; for the &lt;strong&gt;Authentication&lt;/strong&gt;  settings. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For the &lt;strong&gt;Authorization&lt;/strong&gt; settings, choose "Anonymous  users" from the &lt;strong&gt;Allow access to&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down. Select &lt;strong&gt;Read&lt;/strong&gt;  for the &lt;strong&gt;Permissions&lt;/strong&gt; option. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=671" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=671"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 477px; height: 363px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=671" mce_src="/file.axd?i=671" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to the IIS 7.0 Manager. Click the node for the FTP site that you  created. The icons for all of the FTP features display.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=477" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=477"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 561px; height: 491px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=477" mce_src="/file.axd?i=477" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Summary &lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;To recap the items that you completed in this step: &lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;You created a new FTP site named "My New FTP Site", with the site's  content root at "%SystemDrive%\inetpub\ftproot". &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You bound the FTP site to the local loopback address for your  computer on port 21, choosing not to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for  the FTP site. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You created a default rule for the FTP site to allow anonymous users  "Read" access to the files. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="Step1" name="Step1"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Step 1: Configure the Passive Port  Range for the FTP Service&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this section, you configure the server-level port range for  passive connections to the FTP service. Use the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to IIS 7.0 Manager. In the &lt;strong&gt;Connections&lt;/strong&gt; pane,  click the server-level node in the tree.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=478" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=478"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 562px; height: 545px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=478" mce_src="/file.axd?i=478" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Double-click the &lt;strong&gt;FTP Firewall Support&lt;/strong&gt; icon in the  list of features.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=479" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=479"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 525px; height: 515px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=479" mce_src="/file.axd?i=479" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter a range of values for the &lt;strong&gt;Data Channel Port Range&lt;/strong&gt;.   &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=480" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=480"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 530px; height: 487px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=480" mce_src="/file.axd?i=480" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Once you have entered the port range for your FTP service, click &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt;  in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt; pane to save your configuration  settings.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;The valid range for ports is 1024 through 65535. (Ports from 1  through 1023 are reserved for use by system services.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You can enter a special port range of "0-0" to configure the FTP  server to use the Windows TCP/IP dynamic port range.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For additional information, please see the following Microsoft  Knowledge Base articles:  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/174904/" target="_blank" mce_href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/174904/"&gt;174904 - Information  about TCP/IP port assignments&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/929851/" target="_blank" mce_href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/929851/"&gt;929851 - The default  dynamic port range for TCP/IP has changed in Windows Vista and in  Windows Server 2008&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;This port range will need to be added to the allowed settings for  your firewall server.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="Step2" name="Step2"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Step 2: Configure the external  IPv4 Address for a Specific FTP Site&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this section, you configure the external IPv4 address for the  specific FTP site that you created earlier. Use the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go to IIS 7.0 Manager. In the &lt;strong&gt;Connections&lt;/strong&gt; pane,  click the FTP site that you created earlier in the tree, Double-click  the &lt;strong&gt;FTP Firewall Support &lt;/strong&gt;icon in the list of features.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=481" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=481"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 597px; height: 608px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=481" mce_src="/file.axd?i=481" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter the IPv4 address of the external-facing address of your  firewall server for the &lt;strong&gt;External IP Address of Firewall&lt;/strong&gt;  setting.  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=482" target="_blank" mce_href="/file.axd?i=482"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 549px; height: 666px;" alt="" src="http://learn.iis.net/file.axd?i=482" mce_src="/file.axd?i=482" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Once you have entered the external IPv4 address for your firewall  server, click &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;Actions&lt;/strong&gt;  pane to save your configuration settings.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Summary &lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;To recap the items that you completed in this step: &lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the passive port range for your FTP service.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You configured the external IPv4 address for a specific FTP site. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="Step3" name="Step3"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;(Optional) Step 3: Configure  Windows Firewall Settings&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Windows Server 2008 contains a built-in firewall service to help  secure your server from network threats. If you choose to use the  built-in Windows Firewall, you will need to configure your settings so  that FTP traffic can pass through the firewall.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are a few different configurations to consider when using the  FTP service with the Windows Firewall - whether you will use active or  passive FTP connections, and whether you will use unencrypted FTP or use  FTP over SSL (FTPS). Each of these configurations are described below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;: You will need to make sure that you follow the steps in  this section walkthrough while logged in as an administrator. This can  be accomplished by one of the following methods:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Logging in to your server using the actual account named  "Administrator". &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Logging on using an account with administrator privileges and  opening a command-prompt by right-clicking the Command Prompt menu item  that is located in the Accessories menu for Windows programs and  selecting "Run as administrator".&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;One of the above steps is required because the User Account Control  (UAC) security component in the Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008  operating systems prevents administrator access to your firewall  settings. For more information about UAC, please see the following  documentation:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664" target="_blank" mce_href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664"&gt;http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113664&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;: While Windows Firewall can be configured using the &lt;b&gt;Windows  Firewall&lt;/b&gt; applet in the Windows Control Panel, that utility does not  have the required features to enable all of the features for FTP. The &lt;b&gt;Windows  Firewall with Advanced Security&lt;/b&gt; utility that is located under &lt;b&gt;Administrative  Tools&lt;/b&gt; in the Windows Control Panel has all of the required features  to enable the FTP features, but in the interests of simplicity this  walkthrough will describe how to use the command-line &lt;b&gt;Netsh.exe&lt;/b&gt;  utility to configure the Windows Firewall.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Using Windows Firewall with non-secure FTP traffic&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To configure Windows Firewall to allow non-secure FTP traffic, use  the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open a command prompt: click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, then &lt;b&gt;All Programs&lt;/b&gt;,  then &lt;b&gt;Accessories&lt;/b&gt;, then &lt;b&gt;Command Prompt&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To open port 21 on the firewall, type the following syntax then hit  enter:  &lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;tt&gt;netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="FTP (non-SSL)"  action=allow protocol=TCP dir=in localport=21&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To enable stateful FTP filtering that will dynamically open ports  for data connections, type the following syntax then hit enter:  &lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;tt&gt;netsh advfirewall set global StatefulFtp enable&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Important Notes&lt;/b&gt;:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Active FTP connections would not necessarily covered by the above  rules; an outbound connection from port 20 would also need to be enabled  on server. In addition, the FTP client machine would need to have its  own firewall exceptions setup for inbound traffic.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;FTP over SSL (FTPS) will not be covered by these rules; the SSL  negotiation will most likely fail because the Windows Firewall filter  for stateful FTP inspection will not be able to parse encrypted data.  (Some 3rd-party firewall filters recognize the beginning of SSL  negotiation, e.g. AUTH SSL or AUTH TLS commands, and return an error to  prevent SSL negotiation from starting.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Using Windows Firewall with secure FTP over SSL (FTPS) traffic&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The stateful FTP packet inspection in Windows Firewall will most  likely prevent SSL from working because Windows Firewall filter for  stateful FTP inspection will not be able to parse the encrypted traffic  that would establish the data connection. Because of this behavior, you  will need to configure your Windows Firewall settings for FTP  differently if you intend to use FTP over SSL (FTPS). The easiest way to  configure Windows Firewall to allow FTPS traffic is to list the FTP  service on the inbound exception list. The full service name is the  "Microsoft FTP Service", and the short service name is "ftpsvc". (The  FTP service is hosted in a generic service process host (Svchost.exe) so  it is not possible to put it on the exception list though a program  exception.)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To configure Windows Firewall to allow secure FTP over SSL (FTPS)  traffic, use the following steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open a command prompt: click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, then &lt;b&gt;All Programs&lt;/b&gt;,  then &lt;b&gt;Accessories&lt;/b&gt;, then &lt;b&gt;Command Prompt&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To configure the firewall to allow the FTP service to listen on all  ports that it opens, type the following syntax then hit enter:  &lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;tt&gt;netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="FTP for IIS7"  service=ftpsvc action=allow protocol=TCP dir=in&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To disable stateful FTP filtering so that Windows Firewall will not  block FTP traffic, type the following syntax then hit enter:  &lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;tt&gt;netsh advfirewall set global StatefulFtp disable&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a title="MoreInfo" name="MoreInfo"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;More Information about  Working with Firewalls&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;It is often challenging to create firewall rules for FTP server to  work correctly, and the root cause for this challenge lies in the FTP  protocol architecture. Each FTP client requires two connections to be  maintained between client and server:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;FTP commands are transferred over a primary connection called the &lt;i&gt;Control  Channel&lt;/i&gt;, which is typically the well-known FTP port 21.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;FTP data transfers, such as directory listings or file  upload/download, require a secondary connection called &lt;i&gt;Data Channel&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;Opening port 21 in a firewall is an easy task, but this means that an  FTP client will only be able to send commands, not transfer data. This  means that the client will be able to use the Control Channel to  successfully authenticate and create or delete directories, but the  client will not be able to see directory listings or be able to  upload/download files. This is because data connections for FTP server  are not allowed to pass through the firewall until the Data Channel has  been allowed through the firewall.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;: This may appear confusing to an FTP client, because the  client will seem to be able to successfully log in to the server, but  the connection may appear to timeout or stop responding when attempting  to retrieve a directory listing from the server.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The challenges of working with FTP and firewalls doesn't end with the  requirement of a secondary data connection; to complicate things even  more, there are actually two different ways on how to establish data  connection:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;Active Data Connections&lt;/i&gt;: In an active data connection, an FTP  client sets up a port for data channel listening and the server  initiates a connection to the port; this is typically from the server's  port 20. Active data connections used to be the default way of  connecting to FTP server; however, active data connections are no longer  recommended because they do not work well in Internet scenarios.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;Passive Data Connections&lt;/i&gt;: In a passive data connection, an  FTP server sets up a port for data channel listening and the client  initiates a connection to the port. Passive connections work much better  in Internet scenarios and recommended by &lt;a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1579.txt" target="_blank" mce_href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1579.txt"&gt;RFC 1579  (Firewall-Friendly FTP)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;: Some FTP clients require explicit action to enable  passive connections, and some clients don't even support passive  connections. (One such example is command-line Ftp.exe utility that  ships with Windows.) To add to the confusion, some clients attempt to  intelligently alternate between the two modes when network errors  happen, but unfortunately this does not always work.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Some firewalls try to remedy problems with data connections with  built-in filters that scan FTP traffic and dynamically allow data  connections through the firewall. These firewall filters are able to  detect what ports are going to be used for data transfers and  temporarily open them on firewall so that clients can open data  connections. (Some firewalls may enable filtering FTP traffic by  default, but it is not always the case.) This type of filtering  is  known as a type of Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) or Stateful  Inspection, meaning that the firewall is capable of intelligently  determine the type of traffic and dynamically choose how to respond.  Many firewalls now employ these features, including the built-in Windows  Firewall.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;For information regarding Microsoft's Windows Firewall software,  please see the following topics on Microsoft's web sites:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-8685557034375658469?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/8685557034375658469/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/configuring-ftp-firewall-settings.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8685557034375658469?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8685557034375658469?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/configuring-ftp-firewall-settings.html' title='Configuring FTP Firewall Settings'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DkEDRXc-eyp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-298158233447083689</id><published>2010-03-15T18:57:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:57:54.953-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:57:54.953-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows XP'/><title>How to map a drive in Windows</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mapping drives&lt;/strong&gt; is Windows is one of the essential  actions everyone should know how to do. Whether you are at home or at  the office, there comes a time in everyone’s life when they have to map a  drive! It sounds all complicated, but it’s actually really simple to  do.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You may need to get some information from your IT administrator at  work, since mapping a drive usually means connecting to a server share. A  server share is basically a folder on a different computer that is  being shared with everyone else. So when you “map a drive”, you are just  saying that you want access to that folder on your computer also, which  is done by mapping it to a letter, i.e. F, G, H, etc.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this article, I’ll explain how you can map a drive in Windows XP,  Windows Vista, and even map a drive via the command prompt.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Map a drive in Windows XP&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open &lt;strong&gt;My Computer&lt;/strong&gt; and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Tools&lt;/strong&gt;  menu option. From the drop down list, choose &lt;strong&gt;Map Network Drive&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive-thumb.png" alt="map network drive" border="0" height="187" width="362" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Pick a drive letter that you want to use to access the  shared folder and then type in the UNC path to the folder. UNC path is  just a special format for pointing to a folder on another computer. You  first use two slashes “\\” and then the computer name, &lt;a href="file:///"&gt;\\testcomp&lt;/a&gt; and then another “\”  followed by the shared folder name, &lt;a href="file:///"&gt;\\testcomp\foldername&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive-windows.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive-windows-thumb.png" alt="map network drive windows" border="0" height="270" width="441" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Click on “&lt;strong&gt;Reconnect at logon&lt;/strong&gt;” to make  the connection permanent, which means the drive will still be mapped  even after you restart the computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;If you’re not sure what the name of the folder is, you  can click on &lt;strong&gt;Browse&lt;/strong&gt; and try to find the computer that  way. Click on &lt;strong&gt;Entire Net&lt;/strong&gt;work, then &lt;strong&gt;Microsoft  Windows Network&lt;/strong&gt; and then expand out the workgroup or domain  that your computer is in.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/browse-network-drive.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/browse-network-drive-thumb.png" alt="browse network drive" border="0" height="310" width="308" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;If there are any shared folders on a computer, you will  be able to see them here by expanding each computer individually. Click &lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;  and you have now mapped a drive!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;How to map a network drive in Vista&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;Mapping a network drive in Vista is slightly different than in XP,  but pretty simple also. First, click on &lt;strong&gt;Computer&lt;/strong&gt; from  your Start Menu or Desktop. You’ll see a couple of buttons across the  top, one of them being “&lt;strong&gt;Map network drive&lt;/strong&gt;“.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive-vista.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/map-network-drive-vista-thumb.png" alt="map network drive vista" border="0" height="121" width="525" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Other than the fancy interface, all of the options are  the same! Choose a drive letter, type in the folder path, choose “&lt;strong&gt;Reconnect  at logon&lt;/strong&gt;” and click &lt;strong&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/mapping-network-drives.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/mapping-network-drives-thumb.png" alt="mapping network drives" border="0" height="322" width="461" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Remember, the folder can be located on a local or remote  server or even to a FTP site!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;How to map a drive using command prompt&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;First click on &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt; and then &lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;.  Type &lt;strong&gt;cmd&lt;/strong&gt; in the Open box.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/start-run-cmd.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/start-run-cmd-thumb.png" alt="start run cmd" border="0" height="169" width="342" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Then type the following DOS command to map the network  drive:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;net use &lt;em&gt;x:&lt;/em&gt; \\&lt;em&gt;computer name&lt;/em&gt;\&lt;em&gt;share  name&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;where &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;x:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is the drive letter  you want to assign to the shared folder.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/net-use-command.png"&gt;&lt;img style="border: 0px none;" src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/net-use-command-thumb.png" alt="net use command" border="0" height="95" width="330" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;You can delete a mapped network drive using the command  prompt by typing in&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;net use &lt;em&gt;x:&lt;/em&gt; /delete&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you have any problems mapping a drive in Windows, post a comment  and I’ll try to help you out! Enjoy!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;[tags]map network drives, map drives, map a drive, how to map a  drive, how to map network drives[/tags]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-298158233447083689?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/298158233447083689/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-map-drive-in-windows.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/298158233447083689?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/298158233447083689?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-map-drive-in-windows.html' title='How to map a drive in Windows'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DkINRH4_eSp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-4605636571059782858</id><published>2010-03-15T18:56:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:56:35.041-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:56:35.041-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='FTP'/><title>How to setup an FTP server in Windows using IIS</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;Earlier, I had written a post on &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/free-software-downloads/how-to-create-your-own-windows-file-sharing-server-to-share-large-files/"&gt;how  to turn your computer into a Windows file sharing server&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  using a program called HFS. If you’re looking for a quick way to share  the files on your local computer with friends or family, this is an easy  way to do so.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;However, if you’re looking to &lt;strong&gt;setup your own FTP server in  Windows using&lt;/strong&gt; IIS, you can do so, but it requires more  technical knowledge. Of course, it also gives your more granular control  over sharing and security, so it’s better for anyone who has a little  computer know-how.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;How to setup and configure an FTP server in IIS&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The first thing you’ll need to setup your own FTP server in Windows  is to make sure you have Internet Information Services (IIS) installed.  Remember, this only comes with Windows XP Professional or Windows Vista  Business or higher.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt; and  go to &lt;strong&gt;Add/Remove Programs&lt;/strong&gt;. Then click on &lt;strong&gt;Add/Remove  Windows Components&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/add-remove-programs.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/add-remove-programs-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="add remove programs" border="0" height="286" width="213" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;In the components wizard, scroll down until you see IIS  in the list and check it off. Before you click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;  though, make sure you click on Details and then check off &lt;strong&gt;File  Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/iis.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/iis-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="iis" border="0" height="298" width="446" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/file-transfer-protocol.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/file-transfer-protocol-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="file transfer protocol" border="0" height="162" width="267" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt; and then click &lt;strong&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.  Windows will go ahead and install the necessary IIS files along with  the FTP service. You may be asked to insert your Windows XP or Windows  Vista disk at this point.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Setup and configure IIS for FTP&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once IIS has been installed, you may have to restart your computer.  Now we want to go ahead and open the IIS configuration panel to setup  our FTP server. So go to &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, then &lt;strong&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/strong&gt;. You  should now see an icon for &lt;strong&gt;Internet Information Services&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/iis6.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/iis6-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="IIS[6]" border="0" height="284" width="416" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When you open IIS for the first time, you’ll only see  your computer name in the left hand menu. Go ahead and click the &lt;strong&gt;+  &lt;/strong&gt;symbol next to the computer name and you’ll see a couple of  options like Web Sites, FTP Sites, etc. We’re interested in FTP Sites,  so expand that out also. You should see &lt;strong&gt;Default FTP Site&lt;/strong&gt;,  click on it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-site.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-site-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp site" border="0" height="195" width="227" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;You’ll notice after you click on the default FTP site  that there are a couple of buttons at the top that look like VCR  buttons: Play, Stop, and Pause. If the Play button is greyed out, that  means the FTP server is active. Your FTP server is now up and running!  You can actually connect to it via your FTP client software. I use Smart  FTP, but you can use whatever you like best.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Open your FTP client software and type in &lt;strong&gt;localhost&lt;/strong&gt;  as the host name and choose &lt;strong&gt;Anonymous&lt;/strong&gt; for the login.  Connect and you should now see an empty folder.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/localhost.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/localhost-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="localhost" border="0" height="229" width="302" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Ok, so that’s step 1! Now where the heck is this folder  that you are currently viewing? Well the default FTP site is actually  located in &lt;strong&gt;C:\Inetpub\ftproot&lt;/strong&gt;. Open this directory and  dump some files into it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-files.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-files-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp files" border="0" height="195" width="530" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now refresh on your FTP client and you should now see  your files listed!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-sites.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-sites-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp sites" border="0" height="205" width="304" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;So you now have an up and running FTP server on your  local computer. Before I show you how you can create separate folders  that are stored in a different directory other than the default Inetpub  folder, let’s first connect to our FTP server from another computer on  the network.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;In order to do this, you’ll have to open up the Windows  Firewall to allow FTP connections to your computer, otherwise all  external computers will be blocked. You can do this by going to &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt; and then clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Windows  Firewall&lt;/strong&gt;. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; Tab.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/windows-firewall.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/windows-firewall-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="windows firewall" border="0" height="212" width="425" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Under the &lt;strong&gt;Network Connection Settings&lt;/strong&gt;  section, make sure all of the connections are checked in the left list  and then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; button. You’ll now be  able to open certain ports on your computer based on the service your  computer is providing. Since we are hosting our own FTP server, we want  to check off&lt;strong&gt; FTP Server&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-services.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-services-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp services" border="0" height="165" width="279" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;A little popup window will appear with some settings  that you can change, just leave it as it is and click OK. Click OK again  at the main Windows Firewall window. You have now opened up the  firewall for FTP connections. Now try to connect to your FTP site from a  different computer on your network. You’ll need to get the IP address  of the computer first before you can connect into it from a different  computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;  and type in &lt;strong&gt;CMD&lt;/strong&gt;. Type &lt;strong&gt;IPCONFIG&lt;/strong&gt; and  jot down the number for IP Address:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ip-address.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ip-address-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ip address" border="0" height="300" width="506" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;In your FTP client on the other computer, type in the IP  Address you just wrote down and connect anonymously. You should now be  able to see all of your files just like you did on the FTP client that  was on the local computer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now that the FTP site is working, you can create as many  folders as you like for FTP purposes. In this way, when a user  connects, they specify a path that will connect to one specific folder.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Back in IIS, right click on Default FTP Site and choose &lt;strong&gt;New&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then &lt;strong&gt;Virtual Directory&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/virtual-directory.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/virtual-directory-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="virtual directory" border="0" height="214" width="359" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;When you create a virtual directory in IIS, you’re  basically going to create an alias that points to a folder on the local  hard drive. So in the wizard, the first thing you’ll be asked is for a  alias name. Make is something simple and useful like “WordDocs” or  “FreeMovies”, etc.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/virtual-directory-alias.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/virtual-directory-alias-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="virtual directory alias" border="0" height="191" width="237" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Click Next and now browse to the path where you want the  alias to refer to. So if you have a bunch of movies you want to share,  browse to that folder.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-server.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-server-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp server" border="0" height="170" width="451" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Click Next and choose whether you want it as &lt;strong&gt;Read&lt;/strong&gt;  access only or &lt;strong&gt;Read and Write&lt;/strong&gt; access. If you simply  want to share files, check Read. If you want people to be able to upload  files to your computer, choose Read and Write.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/read-write.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/read-write-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="read write" border="0" height="200" width="257" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Click Next and then click Finish! Now you’ll see your  new virtual directory below the default FTP site. You can connect to you  using your FTP client by putting in the Path field “/Test” or  “/NameOfFolder”.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-connection.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/ftp-connection-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="ftp connection" border="0" height="180" width="375" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Now you’ll only see the files that are in the folder we  had browsed to.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/anonymouse.png"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.online-tech-tips.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/anonymouse-thumb.png" style="border: 0px none;" alt="anonymouse" border="0" height="320" width="418" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;And that’s about it! You can create as many folder as  you like! The only thing other thing that you would need to do is to  give out your public IP address to anyone who is connecting from outside  of your internal network. If you want users to connect from anywhere in  the world, you’ll have to give them your public IP address, which you  can find out by going to &lt;a href="http://whatismyipaddress.com/" title="http://whatismyipaddress.com/"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;http://whatismyipaddress.com/&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Finally, you’ll need to forward the FTP port on your  router to your local computer that is hosting the FTP server. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="http://portforward.com/"&gt;Port Forward&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is a great  site to show you how to forward ports on your router to computers on  your home network.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;Any questions, post a comment! Enjoy!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p align="left"&gt;[tags]setup ftp server, setup ftp server iis, setup  windows FTP server, windows xp ftp server, configure ftp server, how to  ftp server[/tags]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-4605636571059782858?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/4605636571059782858/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-setup-ftp-server-in-windows.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4605636571059782858?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4605636571059782858?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-setup-ftp-server-in-windows.html' title='How to setup an FTP server in Windows using IIS'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DkUERX84eyp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-7986192092615935432</id><published>2010-03-15T18:49:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:50:04.133-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:50:04.133-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows XP'/><title>You cannot log on to Windows XP after you remove Wsaupdater.exe</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="post-header"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;  Use the Recovery Console to copy Userinit.exe to Wsaupdater.exe to allow      logon capability to be restored and to let you manually correct the   registry     data. To do this, follow these steps:&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Use  Recovery  Console to copy Userinit.exe to Wsaupdater.exe&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;At  the Recovery Console command prompt,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cd      system32&lt;/span&gt;, and then press ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;copy userinit.exe     wsaupdater.exe&lt;/span&gt;, and then  press ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;exit&lt;/span&gt;, and then  press     ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;b&gt;Important&lt;/b&gt; This section, method, or task   contains steps that tell you how to modify the registry. However,   serious problems might occur if you modify the registry incorrectly.   Therefore, make sure that you follow these steps carefully. For added   protection, back up the registry before you modify it. Then, you can   restore the registry if a problem occurs. For more information about how   to back up and restore the registry, click the following article  number  to view the article in the Microsoft Knowledge Base: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a class="KBlink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322756/"&gt;322756&lt;/a&gt;                               &lt;span class="pLink"&gt;              (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322756/                         )          &lt;/span&gt; How to back up and restore the registry in Windows&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/892893#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Modify the registry&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,      type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;regedit&lt;/span&gt;, and then click     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In Registry Editor,  expand &lt;div class="indent"&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows      NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon&lt;/div&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the right pane,   right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;userinit&lt;/strong&gt;,     and then click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Modify&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Replace  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;wsaupdater.exe&lt;/strong&gt; with     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;userinit.exe,&lt;/strong&gt;  (make sure to include  the comma, as shown),     and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Restart  your computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Delete the  Wsaupdater.exe file&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Log  on to the computer by using an account  that has      administrator-level permissions.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,     type&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;%Windir%\system32&lt;/span&gt;, and then click     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;wsaupdater.exe&lt;/strong&gt;,  click     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Delete&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; For additional information about   the Windows     Recovery Console, click the following article number to  view the  article in the     Microsoft Knowledge Base:&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-7986192092615935432?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/7986192092615935432/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-cannot-log-on-to-windows-xp-after.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7986192092615935432?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7986192092615935432?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-cannot-log-on-to-windows-xp-after.html' title='You cannot log on to Windows XP after you remove Wsaupdater.exe'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CU4DR3k7fCp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-8972828001157706734</id><published>2010-03-15T18:44:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:46:16.704-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:46:16.704-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows server 2008'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows server 2003'/><title>Error message when non-administrator users who have been delegated control try to join computers to a Windows Server 2003-based or a Windows Server 28</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="post-header"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;  &lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Users cannot join a computer to a domain&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'resolution');         &lt;/script&gt;To  resolve the issue in which users cannot join a  computer to a domain,  follow these steps:&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,  type &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;dsa.msc&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the task  pane, expand the domain node.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Locate and right-click the OU  that you want to modify, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Delegate  Control&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; In the Delegation of Control Wizard, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add&lt;/strong&gt;  to add a specific  user or a specific group to the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Selected users  and groups&lt;/strong&gt; list, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;Tasks to Delegate&lt;/b&gt;  page, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Create a custom task to delegate&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Only the following objects in the folder&lt;/strong&gt;,  and  then from the list, click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Computer   objects&lt;/strong&gt; check box. Then, select the check boxes below the   list, &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Create selected objects in this folder&lt;/strong&gt;   and &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Delete selected objects in this folder&lt;/strong&gt;.   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Permissions&lt;/strong&gt; list, click to select  the  following check boxes:&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Reset Password&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Read and write Account Restrictions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Validated write to DNS host name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Validated write to service principal name &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click   &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close the "Active Directory  Users and Computers" MMC snap-in.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h4 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Users  cannot reset passwords&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;             loadTOCNode(3, 'resolution');         &lt;/script&gt;To  resolve the issue in which  users cannot reset  passwords, follow these  steps:&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;, type &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;dsa.msc&lt;/strong&gt;,   and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the  task pane, expand the domain node.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Locate and right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Builtin&lt;/strong&gt;, and then  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Builtin Properties&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box,   click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Security&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Group or user names&lt;/strong&gt; list, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Account Operators&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Permissions for Account Operators&lt;/strong&gt;,  click to  select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Allow&lt;/strong&gt; check box for  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Read&lt;/strong&gt; permission, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If you want to use a  group or a user  other than the  Account Operators group, repeat steps 5  and 6 for that group or that  user.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close the "Active  Directory Users and Computers" MMC snap-in. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-8972828001157706734?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/8972828001157706734/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/error-message-when-non-administrator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8972828001157706734?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8972828001157706734?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/error-message-when-non-administrator.html' title='Error message when non-administrator users who have been delegated control try to join computers to a Windows Server 2003-based or a Windows Server 28'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CUAGRn4ycCp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-6793853573274613711</id><published>2010-03-15T18:41:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:42:07.098-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:42:07.098-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Troubleshoot'/><title>"The security log on this system is full" message when you try to log on to a computer that is running Windows XP or Windows Server 2003</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="post-header"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;  When you use an account that is not a member of the Administrators group   to try to log on to a computer that is running Microsoft Windows  Server  2003 or Microsoft Windows XP, you may receive the following  message in  the "Log On to Windows" window:&lt;div class="message"&gt;The  security log on  this system is full. Only administrators can log on to  fix the problem.&lt;/div&gt;You  can log on to the computer by using an  account that is a member of the  Administrators group, such as the  built-in Administrator account.  However, if you log on to the computer  remotely, you may receive the  following message:The  security log on this system  is full&lt;br /&gt;To resolve this issue, use an  account that is a member of the  Administrators group to log on to the  computer. Then, follow these steps  to specify that Security log events  can be overwritten:&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  point to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All  Programs&lt;/strong&gt;, point to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Event Viewer&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  Right-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Security&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Properties&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Log Size&lt;/strong&gt; area of the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Security  Properties&lt;/strong&gt; window, click the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Overwrite  events as needed&lt;/strong&gt; option under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;When  maximum log size is reached&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close Event Viewer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-6793853573274613711?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/6793853573274613711/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/security-log-on-this-system-is-full.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6793853573274613711?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6793853573274613711?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/security-log-on-this-system-is-full.html' title='&quot;The security log on this system is full&quot; message when you try to log on to a computer that is running Windows XP or Windows Server 2003'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CUECQ3c5eCp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-6619074555070012149</id><published>2010-03-15T18:40:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T18:41:02.920-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T18:41:02.920-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Troubleshoot'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows XP'/><title>Task Manager has been disabled by your administrator" error message</title><content type='html'>1. Verity that the "Local Group Policy" or "Domain Group Policy" doesn’t   block you from using&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          "Task Manager".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           1.1 "Local Group Policy"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        a. Go to "&lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;"   -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; Write "&lt;strong&gt;Gpedit.msc&lt;/strong&gt;"   and press on "&lt;strong&gt;Enter&lt;/strong&gt;" button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        b.   Navigate to "&lt;strong&gt;User Configuration&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;Administrative   Templates&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;System&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;Ctrl+Alt+Del   Options&lt;/strong&gt;"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        c. In the right side of the screen   verity that "&lt;strong&gt;Remove Task Manager&lt;/strong&gt;"" option set to "&lt;strong&gt;Disable&lt;/strong&gt;"   or "&lt;strong&gt;Not Configured&lt;/strong&gt;".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        d. Close "&lt;strong&gt;Gpedit.msc&lt;/strong&gt;"   MMC.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        e. Go to "&lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;"   -&gt; Write "&lt;strong&gt;gpupdate /force&lt;/strong&gt;" and press on "&lt;strong&gt;Enter&lt;/strong&gt;"   button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; If you are using   Windows 2000, please follow KB q227302 instead stage "e".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 Using SECEDIT to Force a Group Policy Refresh Immediately&lt;br /&gt;                 http://support.microsoft.com/kb/q227302/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             1.2 "Domain Group Policy"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        a. Contact you local  IT  support team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Verity correct registry settings::&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     a. Go to "&lt;strong&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;" -&gt; "&lt;strong&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;"  -&gt;  Write "&lt;strong&gt;regedit&lt;/strong&gt;" and press on "&lt;strong&gt;Enter&lt;/strong&gt;"   button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Warning&lt;/strong&gt;: Modifying your registry   can cause serious problems that may require you to reinstall your   operating system.&lt;br /&gt;               Always backup your files before   doing this registry hack.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   b. Navigate to the following   registry keys and verity that following settings set to default:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows   Registry Editor Version 5.00&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System]&lt;br /&gt;"DisableTaskMgr"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Group   Policy   Objects\LocalUser\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System]&lt;br /&gt;"DisableTaskMgr"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\policies\system\]&lt;br /&gt;"DisableTaskMgr"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows   NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon]&lt;br /&gt;"DisableCAD"=dword:00000000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     c. Reboot the computer.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-6619074555070012149?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/6619074555070012149/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/task-manager-has-been-disabled-by-your.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6619074555070012149?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6619074555070012149?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/task-manager-has-been-disabled-by-your.html' title='Task Manager has been disabled by your administrator&quot; error message'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CkQBQHo6eCp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-2229051451133482403</id><published>2010-03-15T17:41:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T17:45:51.410-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T17:45:51.410-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='OutLook'/><title>You cannot delete e-mail messages from your Inbox in Outlook 2000</title><content type='html'>To resolve this behavior, use the Mdbvu32.exe utility to identify and to  delete corrupted e-mail messages. The Mdbvu32.exe utility is an  Extended MAPI message store viewer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To manually remove corrupted  e-mail messages by using the Mdbvu32.exe utility, follow these steps:&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Insert  the Microsoft Exchange 5.5 Server CD-ROM in your CD-ROM drive or  DVD-ROM drive.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Start Microsoft Windows Explorer, and then open  the  &lt;var&gt;drive&lt;/var&gt;:\Server\Support\Utils\I386 folder, where &lt;var&gt;drive&lt;/var&gt;  is the CD-ROM drive or the DVD-ROM drive that contains the Exchange 5.5  Server CD-ROM. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Copy the following files to the computer where you have  Outlook 2000 installed:&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mdbvu32.exe&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Propvu32.dll     &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Statvu32.dll&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Tbvlu32.dll&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Xvport.dll&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Verify  the following information:&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;That a profile exists for the user's  mailbox.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; If that profile is selected as the default profile.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;That  a user with the required permissions to the mailbox is successfully  logged on to the client workstation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Verify that  Outlook 2000 is not currently running on your workstation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  Double-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Mdbvu32.exe&lt;/strong&gt; to start the  MDB Viewer Test Application.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPILogonEX  (MAPI_LOGON_UI)&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  Click the appropriate profile in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Profile  Name&lt;/strong&gt; box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  On the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB&lt;/strong&gt; menu, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OpenMessageStore&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click the appropriate  mailbox, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  On the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB&lt;/strong&gt; menu, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open Root Folder&lt;/strong&gt;. After the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open Root Folder&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box opens, follows these  steps to delete the corrupted e-mail messages.&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Child Folders&lt;/strong&gt; box, double-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Search Root&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;child folders&lt;/strong&gt; pane of the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPI_FOLDER  – Top of Personal folders&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box, double-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Inbox&lt;/strong&gt;. The properties for the Inbox folder  appear.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Locate the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;messages in  folder&lt;/strong&gt; pane in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPI_FOLDER - Inbox&lt;/strong&gt;  dialog box, and verify that the text that is in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Subject&lt;/strong&gt; box of the e-mail message is not deleted  or is not corrupted.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt; Select the e-mail messages that  are corrupted in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;messages in folder&lt;/strong&gt;  pane of the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPI_FOLDER - Inbox&lt;/strong&gt; dialog  box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPI_FOLDER - Inbox&lt;/strong&gt;  dialog box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;lpFldDeleteMessages()&lt;/strong&gt;  in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Operations available&lt;/strong&gt; list, and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Call Function&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MAPI_FOLDER – Inbox  DeleteMessages() &lt;/strong&gt;dialog box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Repeat  step a through step f for each e-mail message that you want to delete.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt; To quit the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Mdbvu32&lt;/strong&gt; utility,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt; in all the dialog boxes  until the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB Viewer Test Application&lt;/strong&gt;  window appears.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt; Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Store  Logoff &lt;/strong&gt;on the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB&lt;/strong&gt; menu in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB Viewer Test Application&lt;/strong&gt; window.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;  In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;LpMDB StoreLogoff()&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;LOGOFF_COMPLETE&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Close the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;MDB  Viewer Test Application&lt;/strong&gt; window.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-2229051451133482403?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/2229051451133482403/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-cannot-delete-e-mail-messages-from.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2229051451133482403?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2229051451133482403?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-cannot-delete-e-mail-messages-from.html' title='You cannot delete e-mail messages from your Inbox in Outlook 2000'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CkcNRng-fyp7ImA9WxBbF00.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-4296371053102862232</id><published>2010-03-15T17:39:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T17:41:37.657-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T17:41:37.657-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Troubleshoot'/><title>"Access Denied" Error Message During Active Directory Promotion of Replica Domain Controller</title><content type='html'>To resolve this problem, use the appropriate method: &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Verify that the current domain controllers in the domain have  applied security policy and the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Enable computer  and users accounts to be trusted for delegation&lt;/strong&gt; user right is  granted to the Administrators Group in the domain controllers policy   (click &lt;b&gt;Computer Configuration&lt;/b&gt;, click &lt;b&gt;Windows Settings&lt;/b&gt;,  click &lt;b&gt;Security Settings&lt;/b&gt;, click &lt;b&gt;Local Policies&lt;/b&gt;, and then  click &lt;b&gt;User Rights Assignment&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For additional information about  editing Group Policy Objects in  Windows 2000, click the following article number to view the article in  the Microsoft Knowledge Base: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a class="KBlink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322143/EN-US/"&gt;322143&lt;/a&gt;                              &lt;span class="pLink"&gt;             (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322143/EN-US/                         )         &lt;/span&gt;  HOW TO: Administer GPOs in Windows 2000  &lt;/div&gt; For computers that do not have this right, confirm that group policy  objects in the directory service and file system have replicated, and  then manually apply the policy by typing the following command:&lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;secedit /refreshpolicy  machine_policy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: Look for the following message  in the application log to confirm the application of the policy: &lt;div class="kb_errormsgbody"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_errorcontent"&gt;&lt;div class="errormsg"&gt; Event ID 1704: Security Policy in the Group policy objects are applied  successfully. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Stop the Netlogon service on the source  domain controllers that do not have this right applied to discover  another domain controller in the domain that applied this right. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Verify  that the source domain controller is in the organization unit. The name  of the source domain controller can be found in the hidden file called  Dcpromo.log in the %Systemroot%\debug folder on the Windows 2000 server  that you are trying to promote. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open a command prompt on the  source domain controller, and run the Gpresult.exe Resource Kit utility  to verify that the domain controllers policy is being applied to the  source domain controller.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-4296371053102862232?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/4296371053102862232/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/access-denied-error-message-during.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4296371053102862232?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4296371053102862232?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/access-denied-error-message-during.html' title='&quot;Access Denied&quot; Error Message During Active Directory Promotion of Replica Domain Controller'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;A04CRXc8fSp7ImA9WxBbFkQ.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-2473920660140213487</id><published>2010-03-15T17:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T17:39:24.975-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T17:39:24.975-07:00</app:edited><title>Error message when attempting to start the Windows Event Log Service: "Access denied"</title><content type='html'>&lt;h1 style="font-weight: normal;" class="title"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;Restore the default permissions on %SystemRoot%\System32\winevt\logs.&lt;br /&gt;Authenticated user - List folder/read data, Read attributes, Read  Extended attributes, Read permissions&lt;br /&gt;Administrators - Full control&lt;br /&gt;SYSTEM - Full control&lt;br /&gt;EventLog - Full control&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Method1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To restore the default permissions on  folder %SystemRoot%\System32\winevt\logs, follow these steps. &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click on %SystemRoot%\System32\winevt\logs and select  Properties.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Security tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Edit button  and click the Add button in the permissions dialog box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  Select users, computers, or Groups dialog box ensure that under object  types Built in Security Principals and the location as local computer  name is selected.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Enter the object name as "NT SERVICE\EventLog"  without quotes. And click OK. This group should have full control on  the folder.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Once EventLog group is added add the rest of the  groups with above mentioned permissions.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Method 2&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Identify a Windows Server 2008 machine with  default permissions. &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Start, and then type cmd in the Start Search box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the search results list, right-click Command Prompt, and then click Run  as Administrator.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When you are prompted by User Account  Control, click Continue.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type the command CD  %SystemRoot%\SYSTEM32.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Once the working directory is changed to  %SystemRoot%\SYSTEM32 type the command icacls winevt\* /save acl /T.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;This  will save a file named ACL in %SystemRoot%\SYSTEM32. Copy this file to  the C: drive on the problem computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the problem computer,  open command prompt with administrator privileges (refer to previous  steps 1-3).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the working directory to  %SystemRoot%\SYSTEM32.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Execute the command icacls winevt\  /restore acl.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Default permissions on the registry key  HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Reliability should be:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    CREATOR OWNER - Full control&lt;br /&gt;    SYSTEM - Full control&lt;br /&gt;    LOCAL SERVICE - Query Value, Set Value, Create Subkey, Notify and  Delete&lt;br /&gt;    Administrators - Full control&lt;br /&gt;    Users - Read&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    To set the permission on this registry key:     &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the Start menu, select Run and type Regedit.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Go  to the location  HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Reliability.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;From  the Edit menu click Permissions.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add the permissions for the  accounts as listed above.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-2473920660140213487?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/2473920660140213487/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/error-message-when-attempting-to-start.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2473920660140213487?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2473920660140213487?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/error-message-when-attempting-to-start.html' title='Error message when attempting to start the Windows Event Log Service: &quot;Access denied&quot;'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DUQAQXYyfSp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-7268107880425526176</id><published>2010-03-15T03:01:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T03:02:20.895-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T03:02:20.895-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DNS'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows server 2008'/><title>How to Install a DNS server in Windows Server 2008</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;IT administrators who have little or no experience with Domain  Name System (DNS), can learn to install, configure and troubleshoot a  Windows Server 2008 DNS server.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;p&gt;As many of you are probably aware, the Domain Name System (DNS) is  now the name resolution system of choice in Windows. Without it,  computers would have a very tough time communicating with each other. &lt;!--text blurb--&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;However, most Windows administrators still rely on the Windows  Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution on local area networks  and some have little or no experience with DNS. If you fall into this  category, read on. We'll explain how to install, configure, and  troubleshoot a Windows Server 2008 DNS server.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Installation&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can install a DNS server from the Control Panel or when  promoting a member server to a domain controller (DC) (&lt;b&gt;Figure A&lt;/b&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;During the promotion, if a DNS server is not found, you will have  the option of installing it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure A&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figA.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain controller&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To install a DNS server from the Control Panel, follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul class="unIndentedList"&gt;&lt;li&gt; From the Start menu, select | Control Panel | Administrative Tools |  Server Manager.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Expand and click Roles (&lt;b&gt;Figure B&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Choose Add Roles and follow the wizard by selecting the DNS role (&lt;b&gt;Figure  C&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click Install to install DNS in Windows Server 2008 (&lt;b&gt;Figure D&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure B&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figB.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Expand and click Roles  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure C&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figC.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DNS role  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure D&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figD.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Install DNS  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;DNS console and configuration&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing DNS, you can find the DNS console from Start | All  Programs | Administrative Tools | DNS. Windows 2008 provides a wizard to  help configure DNS.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When configuring your DNS server, you must be familiar with the  following concepts:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul class="unIndentedList"&gt;&lt;li&gt; Forward lookup zone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Reverse lookup zone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Zone types&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;A forward lookup zone is simply a way to resolve host names to IP  addresses. A reverse lookup zone allows a DNS server to discover the DNS  name of the host. Basically, it is the exact opposite of a forward  lookup zone. A reverse lookup zone is not required, but it is easy to  configure and will allow for your Windows Server 2008 Server to have  full DNS functionality.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;When selecting a DNS zone type, you have the following options:  Active Directory (AD) Integrated, Standard Primary, and Standard  Secondary. AD Integrated stores the database information in AD and  allows for secure updates to the database file. This option will appear  only if AD is configured. If it is configured and you select this  option, AD will store and replicate your zone files.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;A Standard Primary zone stores the database in a text file. This text  file can be shared with other DNS servers that store their information  in a text file. Finally, a Standard Secondary zone simply creates a copy  of the existing database from another DNS server. This is primarily  used for load balancing.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To open the DNS server configuration tool:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Highlight your computer name and choose Action | Configure a DNS  Server' to launch the Configure DNS Server Wizard.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Next and choose to configure the following: forward lookup  zone, forward and reverse lookup zone, root hints only (&lt;b&gt;Figure E&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Next and then click Yes to create a forward lookup zone (&lt;b&gt;Figure  F&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the appropriate radio button to install the desired Zone Type  (&lt;b&gt;Figure G&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Next and type the name of the zone you are creating.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Next and then click Yes to create a reverse lookup zone.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Repeat Step 5.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose whether you want an IPv4 or IPv6 Reverse Lookup Zone (&lt;b&gt;Figure  H&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Next and enter the information to identify the reverse lookup  zone (&lt;b&gt;Figure I&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You can choose to create a new file or use an existing DNS file (&lt;b&gt;Figure  J&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the Dynamic Update window, specify how DNS accepts secure,  nonsecure, or no dynamic updates.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you need to apply a DNS forwarder, you can apply it on the  Forwarders window. (&lt;b&gt;Figure K&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click Finish (&lt;b&gt;Figure L&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure E&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figE.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Configure  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure F&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figF.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forward lookup zone  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure G&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figG.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Desired zone  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure H&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figH.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IPv4 or IPv6  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure I&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figI.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reverse lookup zone  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure J&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figJ.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choose new or existing DNS file  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure K&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figK.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forwarders window  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure L&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figL.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finish  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Managing DNS records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have now installed and configured your first DNS server, and  you're ready to add records to the zone(s) you created. There are  various types of DNS records available. Many of them you will never use.  We'll be looking at these commonly used DNS records:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul class="unIndentedList"&gt;&lt;li&gt; Start of Authority (SOA)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Name Servers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Host (A)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Pointer (PTR)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Canonical Name (CNAME) or Alias&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Mail Exchange (MX)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Start of Authority (SOA) record&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &lt;a href="http://www.yourdictionary.com/start-of-authority" target="_blank"&gt;Start of Authority&lt;/a&gt; (SOA) resource record is always  first in any standard zone. The Start of Authority (SOA) tab allows you  to make any adjustments necessary. You can change the primary server  that holds the SOA record, and you can change the person responsible for  managing the SOA. Finally, one of the most important features of  Windows 2000 is that you can change your DNS server configuration  without deleting your zones and having to re-create the wheel (&lt;b&gt;Figure  M&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure M&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figM.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Change configuration  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Name Servers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Name Servers specify all name servers for a particular domain. You  set up all primary and secondary name servers through this record.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create a Name Server, follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Expand the Forward Lookup Zone.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Right-click on the appropriate domain and choose Properties (&lt;b&gt;Figure  N&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select the Name Servers tab and click Add.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the appropriate FQDN Server name and IP address of the DNS  server you want to add.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure N&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figN.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Name Server  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Host (A) records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Host (A) record maps a host name to an IP address. These records  help you easily identify another server in a forward lookup zone. Host  records improve query performance in multiple-zone environments, and you  can also create a Pointer (PTR) record at the same time. A PTR record  resolves an IP address to a host name.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create a Host record:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Expand the Forward Lookup Zone and click on the folder representing  your domain.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; From the Action menu, select New Host.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the Name and IP Address of the host you are creating (&lt;strong&gt;Figure  O&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select the Create Associated Pointer (PTR) Record check box if you  want to create the PTR record at the same time. Otherwise, you can  create it later.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click the Add Host button.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure O&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figO.gif" height="345" width="345" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Host (A) record  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Pointer (PTR) records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Pointer (PTR) record creates the appropriate entry in the reverse  lookup zone for reverse queries. As you saw in Figure H, you have the  option of creating a PTR record when creating a Host record. If you did  not choose to create your PTR record at that time, you can do it at any  point.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create a PTR record:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Choose the reverse lookup zone where you want your PTR record  created.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; From the Action menu, select New Pointer (&lt;b&gt;Figure P&lt;/b&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the Host IP Number and Host Name.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure P&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figP.gif" height="386" width="440" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;New Pointer  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Canonical Name (CNAME) or Alias records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Canonical Name (CNAME) or Alias record allows a DNS server to have  multiple names for a single host. For example, an Alias record can have  several records that point to a single server in your environment. This  is a common approach if you have both your Web server and your mail  server running on the same machine.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create a DNS Alias:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Expand the Forward Lookup Zone and highlight the folder  representing your domain.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; From the Action menu, select New Alias.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter your Alias Name (&lt;strong&gt;Figure Q&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure Q&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figQ.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alias Name  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mail Exchange (MX) records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mail Exchange records help you identify mail servers within a zone  in your DNS database. With this feature, you can prioritize which mail  servers will receive the highest priority. Creating MX records will help  you keep track of the location of all of your mail servers.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create a Mail Exchange (MX) record:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt; Select DNS from the Administrative Tools folder to open the DNS  console.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Expand the Forward Lookup Zone and highlight the folder  representing your domain.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; From the Action menu, select New Mail Exchanger.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the Host Or Domain (&lt;strong&gt;Figure R&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Enter the Mail Server and Mail Server Priority.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Click OK.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure R&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figR.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Host or Domain  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Other new records&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can create many other types of records. For a complete  description, choose Action | Other New Records from the DNS console (&lt;b&gt;Figure  S&lt;/b&gt;). Select the record of your choice and view the description.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure S&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figS.gif" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create records from the DNS console&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Troubleshooting DNS servers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When troubleshooting DNS servers, the &lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/200525" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;i&gt;nslookup&lt;/i&gt;  utility&lt;/a&gt; will become your best friend. This utility is easy to use  and very versatile. It's a command-line utility that is included within  Windows 2008. With nslookup, you can perform query testing of your DNS  servers. This information is useful in troubleshooting name resolution  problems and debugging other server-related problems. You can access  nslookup (&lt;b&gt;Figure T&lt;/b&gt;) right from the DNS console.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;b&gt;Figure T&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.zdnetasia.com/i/techguide/dns-figT.gif" height="384" width="310" /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-7268107880425526176?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/7268107880425526176/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-dns-server-in-windows.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7268107880425526176?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7268107880425526176?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-dns-server-in-windows.html' title='How to Install a DNS server in Windows Server 2008'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DUUBRn04fCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-6660284588000497988</id><published>2010-03-15T03:00:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T03:00:57.334-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T03:00:57.334-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows server 2008'/><title>How to Install and Configure Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;Introduction&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a core infrastructure  service on any network that provides IP addressing and DNS server  information to PC clients and any other device. DHCP is used so that you  do not have to statically assign IP addresses to every device on your  network and manage the issues that static IP addressing can create. More  and more, DHCP is being expanded to fit into new network services like  the Windows Health Service and Network Access Protection (NAP). However,  before you can use it for more advanced services, you need to first  install it and configure the basics. Let’s learn how to do that.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Installing Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Installing Windows Server 2008 DCHP Server is easy. DHCP Server is  now a “role” of Windows Server 2008 – not a windows component as it was  in the past. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To do this, you will need a Windows Server 2008 system already  installed and configured with a static IP address. You will need to know  your network’s IP address range, the range of IP addresses you will  want to hand out to your PC clients, your DNS server IP addresses, and  your default gateway. Additionally, you will want to have a plan for all  subnets involved, what scopes you will want to define, and what  exclusions you will want to create.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To start the DHCP installation process, you can click &lt;b&gt;Add Roles&lt;/b&gt;  from the &lt;b&gt;Initial Configuration Tasks &lt;/b&gt;window or from &lt;b&gt;Server  Manager &lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;à Roles &lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;à Add Roles.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0021220368821649.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 1: &lt;/b&gt;Adding a  new Role in Windows Server 2008&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When the &lt;b&gt;Add Roles Wizard&lt;/b&gt; comes up, you can click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;  on that screen. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, select that you want to add the &lt;b&gt;DHCP Server Role&lt;/b&gt;, and  click &lt;b&gt;Next.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0041220368821649.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2: &lt;/strong&gt;Selecting  the DHCP Server Role&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you do not have a static IP address assigned on your server, you  will get a warning that you should not install DHCP with a dynamic IP  address. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;At this point, you will begin being prompted for IP network  information, scope information, and DNS information. If you only want to  install DHCP server with no configured scopes or settings, you can just  click &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; through these questions and proceed with the  installation.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;On the other hand, you can optionally configure your DHCP Server  during this part of the installation.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In my case, I chose to take this opportunity to configure some basic  IP settings and configure my first DHCP Scope. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I was shown my network connection binding and asked to verify it,  like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0061220368821649.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3: &lt;/strong&gt;Network  connection binding&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;What the wizard is asking is, “what interface do you want to provide  DHCP services on?” I took the default and clicked &lt;b&gt;Next.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, I entered my &lt;b&gt;Parent Domain&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Primary DNS Server, and  Alternate DNS Server&lt;/b&gt; (as you see below) and clicked &lt;b&gt;Next.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0081220368821680.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4: &lt;/strong&gt;Entering  domain and DNS information&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I opted NOT to use WINS on my network and I clicked &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then, I was promoted to configure a DHCP scope for the new DHCP  Server. I have opted to configure an IP address range of  192.168.1.50-100 to cover the 25+ PC Clients on my local network. To do  this, I clicked &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt; to add a new scope. As you see below, I named  the Scope &lt;b&gt;WBC-Local, &lt;/b&gt;configured the &lt;b&gt;starting&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;ending  IP addresses&lt;/b&gt; of 192.168.1.50-192.168.1.100, &lt;b&gt;subnet mask&lt;/b&gt; of  255.255.255.0, &lt;b&gt;default gateway&lt;/b&gt; of 192.168.1.1, &lt;b&gt;type of subnet&lt;/b&gt;  (wired), and &lt;b&gt;activated&lt;/b&gt; the scope.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0101220368997711.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 5: &lt;/strong&gt;Adding  a new DHCP Scope&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Back in the Add Scope screen, I clicked &lt;b&gt;Next&lt;/b&gt; to add the new  scope (once the DHCP Server is installed).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I chose to &lt;b&gt;Disable DHCPv6 stateless mode&lt;/b&gt; for this server and  clicked &lt;b&gt;Next.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then, I confirmed my DHCP Installation Selections (on the screen  below) and clicked &lt;b&gt;Install&lt;/b&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0121220368997711.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 6: &lt;/strong&gt;Confirm  Installation Selections&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;After only a few seconds, the DHCP Server was installed and I saw the  window, below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0141220368997727.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 7: &lt;/strong&gt;Windows  Server 2008 DHCP Server Installation succeeded&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I clicked &lt;b&gt;Close&lt;/b&gt; to close the installer window, then moved on  to how to manage my new DHCP Server.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;How to Manage your new Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Like the installation, managing Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server is  also easy. Back in my Windows Server 2008 &lt;b&gt;Server Manager&lt;/b&gt;, under &lt;b&gt;Roles&lt;/b&gt;,  I clicked on the new &lt;b&gt;DHCP Server&lt;/b&gt; entry.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0161220368997727.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 8: &lt;/strong&gt;DHCP  Server management in Server Manager&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;While I cannot manage the DHCP Server scopes and clients from here,  what I can do is to manage what events, services, and resources are  related to the DHCP Server installation. Thus, this is a good place to  go to check the status of the DHCP Server and what events have happened  around it.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;However, to really configure the DHCP Server and see what clients  have obtained IP addresses, I need to go to the DHCP Server MMC. To do  this, I went to &lt;b&gt;Start &lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;à Administrative Tools &lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;à DHCP  Server&lt;/b&gt;, like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0181220369217336.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 9: &lt;/strong&gt;Starting  the DHCP Server MMC&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When expanded out, the MMC offers a lot of features. Here is what it  looks like:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0201220369217336.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 10: &lt;/strong&gt;The  Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server MMC&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The DHCP Server MMC offers IPv4 &amp;amp; IPv6 DHCP Server info including  all scopes, pools, leases, reservations, scope options, and server  options.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If I go into the address pool and the scope options, I can see that  the configuration we made when we installed the DHCP Server did, indeed,  work. The scope IP address range is there, and so are the DNS Server  &amp;amp; default gateway.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0221220369217352.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 11: &lt;/strong&gt;DHCP  Server Address Pool&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0241220369217399.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 12: &lt;/strong&gt;DHCP  Server Scope Options&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;So how do we know that this really works if we do not test it? The  answer is that we do not. Now, let’s test to make sure it works.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;How do we test our Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server?&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;To test this, I have a Windows Vista PC Client on the same network  segment as the Windows Server 2008 DHCP server. To be safe, I have no  other devices on this network segment.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;I did an &lt;b&gt;IPCONFIG /RELEASE&lt;/b&gt; then an &lt;b&gt;IPCONFIG /RENEW&lt;/b&gt; and  verified that I received an IP address from the new DHCP server, as you  can see below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0261220369217430.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 13: &lt;/strong&gt;Vista  client received IP address from new DHCP Server&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Also, I went to my Windows 2008 Server and verified that the new  Vista client was listed as a client on the DHCP server. This did indeed  check out, as you can see below:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/image0281220369217445.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 14: &lt;/strong&gt;Win  2008 DHCP Server has the Vista client listed under Address Leases&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-6660284588000497988?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/6660284588000497988/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-and-configure-windows.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6660284588000497988?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6660284588000497988?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-install-and-configure-windows.html' title='How to Install and Configure Windows Server 2008 DHCP Server'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DE4DR385cCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-3295676275589363688</id><published>2010-03-15T02:55:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:56:16.128-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:56:16.128-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>DHCP Server Security (Part 2)</title><content type='html'>In Part 1 of this two-part article we looked at the different types of  threats faced by DHCP servers and outlined some general countermeasures  for mitigating these threats. Part 2 continues with a list of practical  steps administrators can follow and tools they can use to help secure  their Windows 2000 and Windows Server 2003 DHCP servers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;As we discussed earlier in Part 1 of this article, DHCP is inherently  insecure and your first line of defense for protecting yourself from  rogue DHCP servers and clients is rigorous physical security for your  network. Fortunately Windows 2000 and Windows Server 2003 do support  some features you can use to enhance DHCP security, and there are some  tools you can use to detect rogue DHCP servers on your network so you  can eliminate them. Let's look at each of these features and tools now.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;DHCP Server Auditing&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Auditing the DHCP database on your DHCP servers lets you determine  which DHCP clients on your network are leasing addresses from your  server. Auditing also lets you look for BAD_ADDRESS entries in the  database and see where they originate, and this is important because  such entries can indicate address conflicts arising when rogue DHCP  servers assign addresses that are already in use. Such address conflicts  can also arise if a rogue client has a static address that is within  the scope of a legitimate DHCP server, or when you accidentally  configure two DHCP servers to have overlapping scopes. Whatever the  cause, BAD_ADDRESS entries indicate some kind of problem, whether  misconfiguration or a security hole, that needs to be addressed. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To enable auditing on your DHCP servers, open  the DHCP console and  connect to a DHCP server on your network. Then right-click on the server  node and select Properties, and on the General tab make sure the  checkbox labeled "Enable DHCP audit logging" is enabled:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0021090246042569.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1:&lt;/strong&gt;  Enabling DHCP audit logging&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;DHCP audit logs are stored by default in the %windir%\system32\dhcp  directory, but this can be changed using the Advanced tab of the DHCP  server's properties sheet. DHCP audit logs are created or appended on a  daily basis and are named DhcpSrvLog-Mon.log, DhcpSrvLog-Tue.log, and so  on. Each log entry begins with an event ID, and the header of the log  contains a list of possible event IDs together with an explanation of  each one. Further configuration can be performed using the  HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Parameters key in the  Registry where the following keys control how DHCP logging works:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;DhcpLogFilesMaxSize specifies a maximum file size for all DHCP log  files (default is 7 MB)  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;DhcpLogDiskSpaceCheckInterval specifies how frequently DHCP  checks disk space usage (default is every 50 minutes)  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;DhcpLogMinSpaceOnDisk specifies the free space threshold below  which logging becomes temporarily disabled (default is 20 MB)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h2&gt;DHCP Administrators Group&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;While members of the Domain Admins group obviously have full power to  configure DHCP on the server, you can also delegate limited power to  users whose job is to manage DHCP servers on your network. To do this,  open Active Directory Users and Computers and add the name of the user  to the DHCP Administrators domain local group:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0041090246061975.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 2:&lt;/strong&gt;  Adding user Bob Smith to the DHCP Administrators group&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;This gives the user the ability to manage DHCP servers on your  network without giving him any unnecessary authority to perform other  administrative tasks, which is an example of the well-known security  best practice of least privilege. The problem however is, how do you  monitor membership in the DHCP Administrators group to make sure no  unauthorized users are accidentally (or maliciously) added to the  group?  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can monitor membership of critical groups like DHCP  Administrators using the Restricted Groups feature of Group Policy. To  do this, first use Active Directory Users and Computers to open your  Default Domain Policy (or some other GPO if the computer accounts for  your DHCP servers were placed in some OU in your domain) and navigate to  Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Restricted  Groups:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0061090246082100.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 3:&lt;/strong&gt;  Restricted Groups&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now right-click on the Restricted Groups node and select Add Group,  and specify DHCP Administrators as the group whose membership you want  to monitor:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0081090246113600.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4:&lt;/strong&gt;  Monitor membership in the DHCP Administrators group&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click OK and use the Add button in the next properties sheet to  specify which users are allowed to be members of this group. Note that  even if the group already has members in it, you still have to perform  this step and identify them again:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0101090246127460.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 5:&lt;/strong&gt;  Bob Smith is the only user allowed to be a member of the DHCP  Administrators group&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now click OK and membership in the DHCP Administrators group is  restricted to only Bob Smith as desired:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://www.windowsecurity.com/img/upl/image0121090246149413.jpg" align="baseline" border="0" hspace="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 6:&lt;/strong&gt;  Membership in DHCP Administrators has been restricted to Bob Smith&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;What happens now is that when Group Policy refreshes on your domain  controllers (typically every 5 minutes) membership in the DHCP  Administrators group is checked, and if by accident (or malicious  intent) some other user like Mary Smith has been added to the group then  she will automatically be removed and an ID 637 event will be logged to  the Security log if you have auditing of account management events  enabled. Membership in the DHCP Administrators group is thus monitored  and controlled as desired.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;Windows 2000 also includes another  group called DHCP Users which can be used to grant users read-only  access to the DHCP console, and membership in this group can be  similarly controlled using Restricted Groups.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;DNSUpdateProxy Group&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;On Windows-based networks, DHCP and DNS can work together to simplify  the configuration and operation of your network. Normally what happens  is a DHCP client register its A (host) record directly with the DNS  server, while the PTR (pointer) record is instead registered on behalf  of the client by the DHCP server. This means an attack on a DHCP server  could compromise control over records registered with your DNS server  and be used to redirect traffic to a hostile site or cause denial of  service. If you make a DHCP server a member of the DNSUpdateProxy group  however, your DHCP server will &lt;i&gt;not&lt;/i&gt; take ownership of any resource  records it registers on behalf of clients. This approach is typically  used when upgrading from Windows NT to ensure downlevel clients that do  not support DDNS can take ownership of their own resource records when  they are upgraded to Windows 2000 or Windows XP. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The point is that you should only add the computer accounts for your  DHCP server to the DNSUpdateProxy group if you are going to be upgrading  pre-Windows 2000 computers to Windows 2000 or Windows XP. And you  should &lt;i&gt;never&lt;/i&gt; add your DHCP server to this DNSUpdateProxy group if  your DHCP server is running on a domain controller. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Detecting Rogue DHCP Servers&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Finally, there are a few tools you can use to detect the presence of  rogue DHCP servers on your network so you can get rid of them. These  include both tools from Microsoft and from third-party sources, and  we'll end by examining two of these tools.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dhcploc.exe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Dhcploc.exe is a command-line tool that is part of the Windows  Support Tools found in the \Support\Tools folder on your Windows XP  product CD and it can be used to display all DHCP servers that are  active on the local subnet. Dhcploc.exe has been around since Windows NT  4.0 and it works by sending out DHCPREQUEST messages and displaying the  IP addresses of the DHCP servers that responded with DHCPACK. You can  find the syntax of this tool in the Help file that is installed when you  install the Support Tools on your machine. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dhcp_probe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Network Systems Group at Princeton University's Office of  Information Technology has developed a tool called dhcp_probe that tries  to discover DHCP and BOOTP servers on a directly-attached Ethernet  network. The existing build runs on Solaris 8 on SPARC with gcc and  there is patch for it to work on Linux also, so if you have either of  those platforms you can try using this tool to detect any rogue DHCP  servers that might be running on your network. You can find the Network  Systems Group's tools page &lt;a href="http://www.net.princeton.edu/software/"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and can download  dhcp_probe directly from &lt;u&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.net.princeton.edu/software/dhcp_probe/"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/u&gt;. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Summary&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this article and the previous one I've examined why DHCP is  intrinsically an insecure protocol and what you can do to secure it on  Windows-based networks. Even if you implement the best practices I've  suggested for securing DHCP, review your DHCP audit logs regularly, run  Dhcploc.exe or other tools regularly to locate rogue servers, restrict  membership in the DHCP Administrators group, and make judicious use of  the DNSUpdateProxy group, it's pretty clear that DHCP still remains a  weak point in your network's overall security landscape. What does the  future hold then for DHCP security?&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Since 2003 the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) is working on  this problem, and is working on a proposed standard, RFC 3118 &lt;u&gt;&lt;a href="ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc3118.txt"&gt;Authentication for  DHCP Messages&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/u&gt;. This RFC suggests a couple of extensions for DHCP  to provide for authentication of DHCP messages on your network using  either a token-based exchange of messages or a shared symmetric key. The  problem with these extensions however is that they require some  additional initial configuration of the DHCP client, and the whole point  of why DHCP was developed in the first place was to get away from  having to pre-configure clients before they can participate on the  network. So this solution would probably only be acceptable to  enterprises if vendors could pre-configure machines at the factory  level, and so far no vendors have taken on the task of implementing this  solution.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;On the other hand, IPv6 may offer a simpler solution to the problem  of DHCP security. Since IPv6 is designed with end-to-end security from  the ground up, it can protect DHCP traffic and make it more difficult  for attackers to spoof DHCP messages or hijack DHCP traffic. Since the  U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) is mandating use of IPv6 on all their  networks in the near future, vendors are scrambling to make their  hardware and software support IPv6 and this may drive enterprise  adoption for IPv6 sooner than previously anticipated. When that happens,  network security experts will probably have to revisit the whole  question of DHCP security all over again and develop tools and best  practices to ensure 21st century networks remain secure in an  increasingly hostile cyberworld. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-3295676275589363688?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/3295676275589363688/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-server-security-part-2.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/3295676275589363688?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/3295676275589363688?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-server-security-part-2.html' title='DHCP Server Security (Part 2)'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DE4FRXgycCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-7594112003124914309</id><published>2010-03-15T02:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:55:14.698-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:55:14.698-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>DHCP Server Security (Part 1)</title><content type='html'>Part 1 of this two-part article looks at the different types of threats  faced by DHCP servers and countermeasures for mitigating these threats.  Part 2 will continue the discussion with a list of practical steps  administrators can follow and tools they can use to help secure their  Windows 2000 and Windows Server 2003 DHCP servers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0596006470/mtitenterprises" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/win_server_hacks1083328476920.gif" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Although DHCP servers are critical to the operation of most  enterprise networks, DHCP server security is often one of the most  overlooked areas of network security. One reason for this might be the  simplicity of how DHCP works: DHCP clients broadcast discovery messages  (DHCPDISCOVER) containing their MAC addresses and DHCP servers respond  by offering (DHCPOFFER) to lease an IP address and other TCP/IP settings  that the client can use to communicate on the network. The client  responds (DHCPREQUEST) to the first lease offer it receives and the  server acknowledges (DHCPACK) the request and marks the address as  leased in its DHCP database. That's all there is to it—who needs to  worry about security?&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Attacking DHCP&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Unfortunately it's the very simplicity of DHCP that's actually the  problem as far as security goes. No authentication or authorization  takes place during an exchange between a DHCP server and DCHP client, so  the server has no way of knowing if the client requesting the address  is a legitimate client on the network, and the client has no way of  knowing if the server that assigned the address is a legitimate DHCP  server. The possibility of rogue clients and servers on your network can  create all kinds of problems. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;For example, a rogue DHCP server could provide legitimate clients  with bogus TCP/IP information that prevents the clients from  communicating on the network. A denial of service (DoS) condition then  results, and users are unable to connect to network resources to perform  their work. Setting up a rogue DHCP server could be as simple as  conducting a social engineering attack to gain physical access to your  network and plugging in a laptop configured as a DHCP server. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Another scenario might involve an attacker compromising a client  computer on your network and installing software that repeatedly  requests new IP addresses using spoofed MAC addresses until the entire  pool of addresses in your DHCP server's scope is leased. When this  happens, legitimate clients that boot onto the network can't acquire an  address and again users are unable to access the network and can't do  their work. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;A more sinister result happens when an attacker breaches network  security and gains control of your own DHCP servers. At that point the  attacker might proceed to modify the DHCP server to assign clients an  incorrect subnet setting and thus create another DoS condition. Or they  might modify the server to assign clients incorrect DNS settings and  redirect clients to rogue or hijacked DNS servers, which could then  redirect clients to hostile websites where they unknowingly download a  trojan. Or they could modify the server to assign the address of the  attacker's own machine as default gateway, which results in outbound  client traffic being redirected to the attacker's machine which captures  and reads the traffic and forwards it to the real default gateway. The  result is exposure of sensitive business information without users even  being aware of what's happening. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Worse yet, if you're running your DHCP server on a domain controller  then an attacker who compromises your DHCP server gains access to your  accounts database and can cause all sorts of further problems. The  result is usually your worst nightmare. Fortunately, there are some  measures you can take to protect your DHCP servers and avoid many of  these scenarios, provided you're also following all the usual best  practices for securing Windows-based networks. Let's look at some  specific threats to DHCP on your network and the countermeasures you can  take to mitigate these different threats. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Threats and Countermeasures&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;On the face of it, the requirement that Windows 2000 and Windows  Server 2003 DHCP servers be authorized in Active Directory before they  can start leasing addresses to requesting clients seems to mitigate the  threat of rogue DHCP servers on your network. Authorization means that  when a Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 DHCP server boots onto an  Active Directory network it first contacts a domain controller to check  if its own IP address is found on the list of authorized DHCP servers  maintained by the domain controller. If the DHCP server determines that  it is authorized to lease addresses to clients, it begins to do so. If  it's not authorized, Windows shuts down the DHCP Server service on the  machine so it won't be able to lease addresses. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The real benefit of this is to protect your network against  legitimate DHCP servers that are badly configured, though it has the  added side effect of guarding against accidental or rogue DHCP servers  running Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003. What happens though if an  attacker compromises your network with a rogue DHCP server not running  Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003? In this case authorization won't  help because non-Microsoft DHCP servers may not respond the same way as  Microsoft ones to the DHCPINFORM messages Windows uses to check if DHCP  servers are authorized. Even Windows NT DHCP servers fall under this  category, so an attacker with a laptop running Windows NT as a rogue  DHCP server gets away scott free. Fortunately there are other ways to  detect rogue DHCP servers and we'll look at these in Part 2 of this  article later. But making sure your DHCP servers are properly authorized  is still an important first step in deterring rogue servers on your  network. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Rogue clients is another problem entirely though, as DHCP is designed  to make it easy for clients to obtain IP addresses so they can  participate on a network. The obvious way of dealing with the problem of  rogue clients would seem at first to be DHCP reservation, though on  large networks this entails considerable administrative overhead. A  reservation is a predefined setting that maps a MAC address to an IP  address so that only a client with a particular MAC address can lease  the IP address associated with that reservation. If security is critical  an administrator could create reservations for each and every client  machine on the network, and if unreserved IP addresses still remain in  the DHCP server's cope then these could be reserved using invalid or  non-existing MAC addresses. Then when a rogue client tries to boot on  the network the result is that the DHCP server has no free addresses to  lease and the client can't connect. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If only it were that simple. While this approach might foil a casual  attack, sophisticated attackers have ways for circumventing DHCP  reservations. The simplest approach is for the attacker to run a program  that listens for DHCPDISCOVER broadcasts from clients and harvests  their MAC addresses. Then when a legitimate client shuts down the rogue  client can reconfigure its MAC address to match that of the legitimate  client and hijack the legitimate client's lease or try to disrupt  communications for the client. Considering this, security-conscious  administrators might consider dropping DHCP entirely in favor of static  addressing, but what's to stop an attacker who has physical access to  your network from assigning a static address to their own machine and  joining the network? One might go further and install a firewall on  every client on your network and configure it to only allow  communications with allowed IP addresses of legitimate clients, but  imagine the administrative headache that would involve. So the bottom  line is that the only way to really protect your network against rogue  DHCP clients (and also rogue DHCP servers) is rigorous physical security  i.e. no unsecured wall jacks, locked doors, staff trained to recognize  social engineering attempts, and so on. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Even if your network is physically secure however, it also needs to  be secure from a network entry point of view. If an attacker can  penetrate your perimeter defenses and somehow compromise a DHCP server,  then several kinds of exploits could be attempted including modification  of DNS resource records when Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is being used,  corrupting the DHCP database, and gaining access to sensitive  information such as the details of your network's addressing scheme and  reserved addresses of critical servers. Basic security best practices  like perimeter firewalls and intrusion monitoring are clearly your front  line in preventing your DHCP servers from being compromised, but there  are also some DHCP-specific monitoring procedures you can follow which  we'll look at in Part 2 of this article later. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Summary&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Let's look at our list so far of best practices for ensuring DHCP  security on your network. We'll add to this list further in Part 2 with  some specific steps you can follow on Windows-based networks, but for  now be sure to start at least with the following if you want to protect  your network against DHCP exploits:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul type="disc"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Implement rigorous physical and perimeter security for your network  and be vigilant in maintaining such security.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Upgrade any lingering Windows NT domains so you can make use of  the DHCP server authorization feature of Active Directory.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Avoid using Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 domain  controllers as DHCP servers.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use reservations for assigning addresses of critical servers on  your network, or use static addresses for them instead.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; In Part 2 of this article we'll continue by discussing how to enable  auditing on DHCP servers, monitor membership in the DHCPAdministrators  group using the Restricted Groups feature of Windows Server 2003, en&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-7594112003124914309?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/7594112003124914309/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-server-security-part-1.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7594112003124914309?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7594112003124914309?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-server-security-part-1.html' title='DHCP Server Security (Part 1)'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DEMDR384eCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-8781220540518388142</id><published>2010-03-15T02:47:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:47:56.130-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:47:56.130-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>Setting up a DHCP Server</title><content type='html'>his will serve as a step-by-step guide on how to setup a DHCP server. &lt;p&gt;Installing the DHCP server is made quite easy in Windows 2003. By  using the "Manage your server" wizard, you are able to enter the details  you require and have the wizard set the basics for you. Open to "Manage  your server" wizard, select the DHCP server option for the list of  server roles and press Next.&lt;br /&gt;You will be asked to enter the name and  description of your scope.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scope: A scope is a collection of IP  addresses for computers on a subnet that use DHCP.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr" style="margin-right: 0px;"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope11074178111489.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;The next window will ask you to define the range of addresses that  the scope will distribute across the network and the subnet mask for the  IP address. Enter the appropriate details and click next.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope21074172130484.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;You are shown a window in which you must add any exclusions  to the range of IP addresses you specified in the previous window. If  for example, the IP address 10.0.0.150 is that of the company router  then you won't want the DHCP server to be able to distribute that  address as well. In this example I have excluded a range of IP  addresses, 10.0.0.100 to 10.0.0.110, and a single address, 10.0.0.150.  In this case, eleven IP's will be reserved and not distributed amongst  the network clients.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope31074172189828.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;It is now time to set the lease duration for how long a  client can use an IP address assigned to it from this scope. It is  recommended to add longer leases for a fixed network (in the office for  example) and shorter leases for remote connections or laptop computers.  In this example I have set a lease duration of twelve hours since the  network clients would be a fixed desktop computer in a local office and  the usual working time is eight hours.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope41074172263218.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;You are given a choice of whether or not you wish to  configure the DHCP options for the scope now or later. If you choose Yes  then the upcoming screenshots will be of use to you. Choosing No will  allow you to configure these options at a later stage.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope51074172453640.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;The router, or gateway, IP address may be entered in next.  The client computers will then know which router to use.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope61074172651765.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;In the following window, the DNS and domain name settings  can be entered. The DNS server IP address will be distributed by the  DHCP server and given to the client.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope71074172720531.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;If you have WINS setup then here is where to enter the IP  Address of the WINS server. You can just input the server name into the  appropriate box and press "Resolve" to allow it to find the IP address  itself.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope81074172799421.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;The last step is to activate the scope - just press next  when you see the window below. The DHCP server will not work unless you  do this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/scope91074172872828.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;The DHCP server has now been installed with the basic  settings in place. The next stage is to configure it to the needs of  your network structure.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2 dir="ltr"&gt;Configuring a DHCP server&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;Hereunder is a simple explanation of how to configure a  DHCP server.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;The address pool displays a list of IP ranges assigned for  distribution and IP address exclusions. You are able to add an exclusion  by right clicking the address pool text on the left hand side of the  mmc window and selecting "new exclusion range". This will bring up a  window (as seen below) which will allow you to enter an address range to  be added. Entering only the start IP will add a single IP address.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr"&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/dhcp_exclude1074173011359.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p&gt;DHCP servers permit you to reserve an IP address for a client. This  means that the specific network client will have the same IP for as long  as you wanted it to. To do this you will have to know the physical  address (MAC) of each network card. Enter the reservation name, desired  IP address, MAC address and description - choose whether you want to  support DHCP or BOOTP and press add. The new reservation will be added  to the list. As an example, I have reserved an IP address (10.0.0.115)  for a client computer called Andrew. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;blockquote dir="ltr" style="margin-right: 0px;"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.windowsnetworking.com/img/upl/dhcp_reserve1074173059296.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;If you right click scope options and press "configure  options" you will be taken to a window in which you can configure more  servers and their parameters. These settings will be distributed by the  DHCP server along with the IP address. Server options act as a default  for all the scopes in the DHCP server. However, scope options take  preference over server options.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p dir="ltr"&gt;In my opinion, the DHCP server in Windows 2003 is  excellent! It has been improved from the Windows 2000 version and is  classified as essential for large networks. Imagine having to configure  each and every client manually - it would take up a lot of time and  require far more troubleshooting if a problem was to arise. Before  touching any settings related to DHCP, it is best to make a plan of your  network and think about the range of IPs to use for the computers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-8781220540518388142?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/8781220540518388142/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/setting-up-dhcp-server.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8781220540518388142?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/8781220540518388142?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/setting-up-dhcp-server.html' title='Setting up a DHCP Server'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DEMEQX46eyp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-4469298623480560353</id><published>2010-03-15T02:44:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:46:40.013-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:46:40.013-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>DHCP Database in Windows Server 2003</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;a name="DHCP - Display Statistics"&gt; DHCP - Display Statistics &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Bizarrely, I find 'Display Statistics' the most difficult tab to find  on the  DHCP server.  This is because it's the first item on the menu, and is  often  masked by the very highlight that should attract me.  I just hope that  you  are not afflicted by this blind spot.  In any event, Display Statistics is one of the most interesting and  rewarding  items on the  DHCP menu.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Display Statistics is available at both the server and the scope  level.  My first  thought is, 'How many leases are left?'  Next, I look to see if there  have been  any NACKS or lease declines.  See the screen shot to find the Display  Statistics... menu.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;&lt;a name="DHCP Database"&gt; DHCP Database &lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.computerperformance.co.uk/images/W2K3/DHCPBackup.jpg"&gt; &lt;img src="http://www.computerperformance.co.uk/images/W2K3/DHCPBackup_small.jpg" image="../../images/W2K3/DHCPBackup.jpg" alt="DHCP  Backup, Restore, Reconcile" align="right" border="2" height="256" width="250" /&gt; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;DHCP has its own database.  Stored in this DHCP.mdb are the  addresses,  scopes and leases of the clients.  Understanding this database will  help you backing up and restore a DHCP server.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Check out this folder: %systemroot%\system32\dhcp\dhcp.mdb&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;As time goes by the database will grow, and best practice dictates  that you  should consolidate the database by freeing up space taken up by old  leases.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The procedure for compacting the dhcp.mdb database is this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;1)&lt;/b&gt; Stop the DHCP service.  Either right click the DHCP Server  icon,  select All  tasks then Stop.  Alternatively, go to the command line and type: NET  Stop DHCPServer.  (For once the  command really is DHCPserver, NOT DHCPyourservername.)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;2)&lt;/b&gt; At the command line, navigate to:  %systemroot%\system32\dhcp\dhcp.mdb.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;3) &lt;/b&gt;Jetpack dhcp.mdb temp.mdb. What this does is copies the  existing database,  compacts it, then copies it back to the original location - clever.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;4)&lt;/b&gt; Remember to restart DHCP.  Either use the GUI, or if you  are at the  command line, NET Start DHCPServer &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Do not 'mess' with any of the files that you find in  the  %systemroot%\system32\dhcp folder, if you do, then DHCP will stop  working and  you will either have to restore, or else re-install DHCP.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt; &lt;a name="Backing up the DHCP Databas"&gt;Backing up the DHCP  Databas&lt;/a&gt;e &lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The first surprise is that this dhcp.mdb database is backed up every  hour.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The second surprise is that the old jetpack database engine controls  the  database.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The third surprise is that you can only automatically backup to a  local folder.  Should you need a 'real' backup, then just backup the  files  in the %systemroot%\system32\dhcp\Backup\ directory.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Finally, and unsurprisingly, there is a GUI to backup the DHCP  database.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt; &lt;a name="Reconcile"&gt;Reconcile&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Reconcile is a technical term for making sure that DHCP information  is  consistent.  What can happen is that when you restore  a database, there is a miss-match between lease information in the  database and the  same information in the DHCP server's  registry.  Specifically, the registry just stores  basic or summary information, the detailed information from a recent  restore  maybe different, so a 'Reconcile' will ensure that the database and   registry  data are consistent once more.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Bear in mind that you can either reconcile individual scopes or  choose all  scopes.  It all depends on the 'focus' of what you select.  If you  select an individual scope that that is the limit of what you can  reconcile,  however, when you select the server icon, you can: Reconcile All Scopes -  see  diagram above.  (not below)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt; &lt;a name="DHCP Audit Log"&gt;DHCP Audit Log&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href="http://www.computerperformance.co.uk/images/W2K3/DHCPAudit.jpg"&gt;&lt;img src="http://www.computerperformance.co.uk/images/W2K3/DHCPAudit_small.jpg" image="../../images/W2K3/DHCPAudit.jpg" alt="DHCP  Audit, Statistic times" align="right" border="2" height="277" width="250" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once you setup DHCP auditing, you get a separate log for each day of  the  week.  The logs are a wealth of information, not just about the health  of  the server, but also which machine gets which IP address for how long.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;To setup Auditing, right click the DHCP server, then select  properties.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Auditing removes the last reason for having static IP addresses,  accountability.  Die-hards, Luddites who resist DHCP often justify  static  IP addresses on the grounds that you can always account for which  machine had  which IP address on a particular day.  With DHCP Auditing you can  achieve  the same result and have all the benefits of central administration,  instant  control over default gateways and a raft of other options.&lt;/p&gt;       &lt;!--webbot bot="Include" U-Include="../../ThemesGuy/google_bannermiddle2W2K3.htm" TAG="BODY" startspan --&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-4469298623480560353?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/4469298623480560353/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-database-in-windows-server-2003.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4469298623480560353?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4469298623480560353?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/dhcp-database-in-windows-server-2003.html' title='DHCP Database in Windows Server 2003'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DEUESH4yeip7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-2301039436272543013</id><published>2010-03-15T02:42:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:43:29.092-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:43:29.092-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>How to move a DHCP database from a computer that is running Windows NT Server 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows Server 2003 to a computer that is running</title><content type='html'>This step-by-step article describes how to move a Dynamic Host  Configuration Protocol (DHCP) database from a computer that is running  Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000, or Microsoft  Windows Server 2003 to a computer that is running Windows Server 2003.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;   You can use the Microsoft Windows backup utility (ntbackup.exe) to  back up and restore the DHCP database  on a single server.  Do not use  the backup utility   to migrate or to move a DHCP database from one DHCP  server to another.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/325473/en-us#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Export the DHCP  database from a server that is running Windows NT Server 4.0 or Windows  2000&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Stop the DHCP Server service on the server:   &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Log on to the source DHCP server by using an account  that is a member of the local Administrators group.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cmd&lt;/span&gt; in the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;  box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;At the command prompt, type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;net stop   dhcpserver&lt;/span&gt;, and then press ENTER. You receive a "The  Microsoft  DHCP Server service is stopping. The Microsoft DHCP Server service  was  stopped successfully" message.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;exit&lt;/span&gt;, and then press  ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Compact  the DHCP database by using the JetPack utility:  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cmd&lt;/span&gt; in the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;  box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;At the command prompt, type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cd   %systemroot%\system32\dhcp&lt;/span&gt;, and then press ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;jetpack dhcp.mdb temp.mdb&lt;/span&gt;,   and then press ENTER. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;After the database is compacted  successfully, type  &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;exit&lt;/span&gt;, and then press  ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Export the DHCP database by using the DHCP  Export Import utility (Dhcpexim.exe). You can obtain this utility from  the Windows 2000 Resource Kit Supplement 1. You can also visit the  following Microsoft Web site to obtain Dhcpexim.exe: &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/927229"&gt;http://support.microsoft.com/kb/927229&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="pLink"&gt;             (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/927229)         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_space"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;To export the  database:  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Install the Dhcpexim.exe utility, and then  start the  Dhcpexim.exe utility.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;At the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Welcome to DHCP Export Import  tool&lt;/strong&gt; screen,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Export configuration of the local service   to a file&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Ok&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;File name&lt;/strong&gt; box, type the  file  name for the exported file, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt;.  For example,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;dhcpdatabase.txt&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click the scope or scopes that you want to export,  click to  select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Disable the selected scopes on local  machine before  export&lt;/strong&gt; check box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Export&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Disable the DHCP Server  service on the server. Disabling the DHCP Server service prevents the  service from starting after the database has been transferred.  To  disable the DHCP Server service:  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, point to  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt;,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Control Panel&lt;/strong&gt;, and then   double-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Services&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Service&lt;/strong&gt; list, click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Microsoft DHCP Server&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Startup&lt;/strong&gt;, click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Disabled&lt;/strong&gt;,  and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;If  the service is started, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Stop&lt;/strong&gt;,  and  then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; to confirm the stopping  of the service.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li type="a"&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Close&lt;/strong&gt;  to close the  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Services&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;b&gt;Important&lt;/b&gt;  Dhcpexim.exe is required to move the database successfully from a  server that is running Windows 2000 or Windows NT 4.0 to a server that  is running Windows Server 2003.    Netsh commands for DHCP are not  available in Windows NT 4.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If only the  configuration (not the database) is required, use the following command  (instead of Dhcpexim.exe) on the Windows 2000-based server that you want  to export from. (Do not use Dhcpexim.exe.)&lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="userInput"&gt;netsh dhcp dump &gt;&lt;var&gt;C:\dhcp.txt&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;  where &lt;var&gt;C:\dhcp.txt&lt;/var&gt; is the name and path of the export file  that you want to use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;   The export option does not exist in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netsh&lt;/strong&gt;  command on Windows 2000 Server. The &lt;b&gt;netsh dhcp server dump&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;netsh  dhcp server import&lt;/b&gt; commands are not compatible.  If you try to  import the data that is created by &lt;b&gt;netsh dhcp server dump &gt; &lt;var&gt;C:\dhcp.txt&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/b&gt;  by using &lt;b&gt;netsh DHCP server import &gt; &lt;var&gt;C:\dhcp.txt&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/b&gt;,  you receive the following error message on  the Windows Server  2003-based computer:&lt;div class="kb_errormsgbody"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_errorcontent"&gt;&lt;div class="errormsg"&gt;The request is not  supported.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;You can migrate the exported configuration  file to the new Windows Server 2003 server by using the following  command:  &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;b&gt;netsh exec &lt;var&gt;c:\dhcp.txt&lt;/var&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Dhcpexim.exe  is not supported in Windows Server 2003.  If a database is exported on a  Windows 2000-based computer by using Dhcpexim.exe, and you try to  import the data to Windows Server 2003, Dhcpexim.exe quits, and you  receive the following error message:&lt;div class="kb_errormsgbody"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_errorcontent"&gt;&lt;div class="errormsg"&gt;  An error occurred. An  attempt was made to load a program with a incorrect format.  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;If this behavior occurs, export data from Windows 2000  by using &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;dhcpexim&lt;/strong&gt; and then import the  data on the Windows Server 2003 environment by using &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;netsh&lt;/strong&gt; DHCP server import &lt;var&gt;xyz.txt&lt;/var&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/325473/en-us#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Export the DHCP  database from a server that is running Microsoft  Windows Server 2003&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;To move a DHCP database and configuration from a  server that is running Windows Server 2003 to another server that is  running Windows Server 2003:  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Log on to the source DHCP server  by using an account that is a member of the local Administrators group.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cmd&lt;/span&gt; in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;  box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;netsh dhcp server export C:\dhcp.txt all&lt;/span&gt;, and  then press ENTER.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt;  You must have local  administrator permissions to export the data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/325473/en-us#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Install the DHCP  server service on the server that is running Windows Server 2003&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;To install the DHCP Server service on an existing  Windows Server 2003-based computer:  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Control  Panel&lt;/strong&gt;, and then double-click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add or  Remove Programs&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Add/Remove  Windows Components&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Windows Component Wizard,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Networking Services&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Components&lt;/strong&gt; box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Details&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click to select the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)&lt;/strong&gt; check  box if it is not already selected, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Windows Components Wizard,  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Next&lt;/strong&gt; to install the selected  components. Insert the Windows Server 2003 CD into your computer CD  drive or DVD drive if you are prompted to do this. Setup copies the DHCP  server and tool files to your computer. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When Setup is  complete, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Finish&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/325473/en-us#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Import the DHCP  database&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; You may receive an "access denied"  message  during this procedure if you are not a member of the  Backup  Operators group.  If you receive an "Unable to determine the DHCP server  version for server" error message, make sure that the DHCP Server  service is running on the server and that the user logged on is a member  of the local Administrators group.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Important&lt;/b&gt;  Do not use  Dhcpexim.exe to import a DHCP database in Windows Server 2003.    Additionally, if the target Windows 2003 server is a member server, and  if you plan to promote it to a domain controller, we suggested that you  perform the DHCP database migration before promoting it to a domain  controller. Although you can migrate the DHCP database to a Windows 2003  domain controller, the migration to a member server will be easier  because of the existence of the local administrator account.&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Log  on as a user who is an explicit member of the local Administrators  group.  A user account in a group that is a member of the local  Administrators group will not work.  If a local Administrators account  does not exist for the domain controller, restart the computer in  Directory Services Restore Mode, and use the administrator account to  import the database as described later in this section.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Copy the  exported DHCP database file to the local hard disk of the Windows  Server 2003-based computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Verify that the DHCP service is  started on the Windows Server 2003-based computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Run&lt;/strong&gt;,  type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;cmd&lt;/span&gt; in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;  box, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;At the  command prompt, type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;netsh dhcp server import &lt;var&gt;c:\dhcpdatabase.txt&lt;/var&gt;  all&lt;/span&gt;, and then press ENTER, where &lt;var&gt;c:\dhcpdatabase.txt&lt;/var&gt;  is the full path and file name of the database file that you copied to  the server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; When you try   to export a DHCP database  from a Windows 2000 domain controller to a Windows Server 2003 member  server of the domain, you may receive the following error message: &lt;div class="kb_errormsgbody"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_errorcontent"&gt;&lt;div class="errormsg"&gt;Error initializing and reading the service  configuration - Access Denied&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; You must have  local administrator permissions to import the data.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To resolve  this issue, add the Windows Server 2003 DHCP server computer to the DHCP  Admins group at the Enterprise level.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If the "access is denied"  error message occurs after you add the Windows Server 2003 DCHP server  computer to the DHCP Admins group at the Enterprise level that is  mentioned in step 4, verify that the user account that is currently used  to import belongs to the local Administrators group.  If the account  does not belong to this group, add the account to that group, or log on  as a local administrator to complete the import.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; If  the DHCP IMPORT or EXPORT command fails for users who are not explicit  members of the local Administrators group, you must apply the following  hotfix on the Windows Server 2003-based computer:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a class="KBlink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/833167/"&gt;833167&lt;/a&gt;                              &lt;span class="pLink"&gt;             (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/833167/                         )         &lt;/span&gt; A Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) update package is  available for Windows Server 2003  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After you receive the message that the command completed  successfully, quit the command prompt.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="topOfPage"&gt;&lt;a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/325473/en-us#top"&gt;&lt;img src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/public/en-us/uparrow.gif" alt="" /&gt;Back to the top&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Authorize the DHCP  server&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'summary');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;,  point to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All Programs&lt;/strong&gt;, point to &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Administrative Tools&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;DHCP&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; You must be logged on  to the server by using an account that is a member of the Administrators  group. In an Active Directory domain, you must be logged on to the  server by using an account that is a member of the Enterprise  Administrators group.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the console tree of the DHCP snap-in,  expand the new DHCP server. If there is a red arrow in the lower-right  corner of the server object, the server has not yet been authorized. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Right-click  the server object, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Authorize&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After several moments, right-click the server again, and then  click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Refresh&lt;/strong&gt;. A green arrow indicates  that the DHCP server is authorized.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-2301039436272543013?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/2301039436272543013/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-move-dhcp-database-from-computer_15.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2301039436272543013?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2301039436272543013?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-move-dhcp-database-from-computer_15.html' title='How to move a DHCP database from a computer that is running Windows NT Server 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows Server 2003 to a computer that is running'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DEYARns9cCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-2687464938828392288</id><published>2010-03-15T02:40:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:42:27.568-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:42:27.568-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DHCP'/><title>How to move a DHCP database from a computer that is running Windows Server 2003 to Windows Server 2008</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;Export the DHCP database from Windows 2003:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.                    On the Windows 2003 DHCP server, navigate to a command prompt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.                   Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;netsh&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.                    Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;DHCP&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.                    Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;server &lt;i&gt;&lt;\\Name or IP Address&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.                    Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;export c:\w2k3DHCPdb all&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note  &lt;/b&gt;You must have local administrator permissions to export the data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Import the DHCP database&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.       Copy the  exported DHCP database file to the local hard disk of the Windows Server  2008-based computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.       Install the DHCP Role on the server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.       Stop the DHCP server service on the server.  To do  this, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a.       Log on to the target DHCP server by using an account  that is a member of the local Administrators group.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;b.      Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, click &lt;b&gt;Run&lt;/b&gt;, type &lt;b&gt;cmd&lt;/b&gt; in  the &lt;b&gt;Open&lt;/b&gt; box, and then click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;c.       At the command prompt, type &lt;b&gt;net stop DHCPserver&lt;/b&gt; ,  and then press &lt;b&gt;ENTER&lt;/b&gt;. You receive a &lt;i&gt;"The Microsoft DHCP  Server service is stopping. The Microsoft DHCP Server service was  stopped successfully"&lt;/i&gt; message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;d.      Type &lt;b&gt;exit&lt;/b&gt;, and then press &lt;b&gt;ENTER&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.       Delete the DHCP.mdb file under c:\windows\system32\DHCP  folder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.       Start the DHCP server service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.       Right-click on the Command Prompt (cmd) and select run  as administrator, to open the &lt;b&gt;cmd&lt;/b&gt; prompt using elevated  privileges.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note &lt;/b&gt;You must have local administrator permissions to  import the data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7.       Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;netsh&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.        Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;DHCP&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.       Type the  following Command: &lt;b&gt;server &lt;\\Name or IP Address&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10.    Type the following Command: &lt;b&gt;import c:\w2k3DHCPdb&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.    Restart DHCP and verify the database has moved over properly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;more infomation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While exporting the configuration on the Windows 2003 Server, using &lt;b&gt;netsh&lt;/b&gt;,  you may see an error message similar to one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;·         Access is denied&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;·         An attempt was made to load a program with an  incorrect format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this case following steps can be followed to export the DHCP  database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.                   On the Windows 2003 DHCP server which had  the original database, at a cmd prompt type the following command: &lt;b&gt;netsh  DHCP server dump &gt;c:\DHCPdump.txt&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.                    Copy the DHCPdump.txt to another Windows 2003 box&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.                   Open up the text file and edited the text  file with a find and replace changing the IP address from the old to the  new Windows 2008 server, and then save the file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.                   Stop the DHCP server service and delete the  contents of the DHCP folder and subfolders.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.                   Start the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.                   Right-click on the Command Prompt (cmd) and  select run as administrator, to open the &lt;b&gt;cmd&lt;/b&gt; prompt using  elevated privileges.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note &lt;/b&gt;You must have local administrator permissions to  import the data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7.                   At the command prompt type: &lt;b&gt;netsh exec  DHCPdump.txt&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.                   At the command prompt type:  &lt;b&gt;netsh DHCP server initiate reconcile&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.                    Open up the console and check that all of the options are intact and  the Reservations are present.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10.               At the command prompt type: &lt;b&gt;netsh DHCP  server export c:\DHCP.txt all&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In some scenarios you may receive the following error while  importing the database on a 2008 server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The Requested operation requires Elevation."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make sure that the command prompt is opened with elevated  privilege on windows server 2008.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To do so right click on the command prompt menu option and  select run as administrator and then try and import the database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information on moving a DHCP server from one operating  system to another see the following knowledgebase article:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;325473  How to move a DHCP database from a computer that is  running Windows NT Server 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows Server 2003 to a  computer that is running Windows Server 2003&lt;br /&gt;by microsoft&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-2687464938828392288?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/2687464938828392288/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-move-dhcp-database-from-computer.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2687464938828392288?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/2687464938828392288?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/how-to-move-dhcp-database-from-computer.html' title='How to move a DHCP database from a computer that is running Windows Server 2003 to Windows Server 2008'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DEcFQHs7eCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-4469016426413547026</id><published>2010-03-15T02:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:40:11.500-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:40:11.500-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Windows server 2008'/><title>Recovery process of a DFS Namespace in Windows 2003 and 2008 Server</title><content type='html'>The recovery process of a DFS Namespace depends on how the namespace  configuration data was lost, the type of Namespace (domain or  standalone), and what types of backups exist of the data.  The data may  have been inappropriately modified through the DFS management tools,  deleted directly within Active Directory or the registry, or corrupted.   Backups types of the configuration data include System-state backups of  a domain controller, backups of DFS Roots/Namespace servers, exported  data via the dfsutil.exe utility, and DFS service registry keys.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Background:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before beginning the recovery process, determine if the loss of  the DFS Namespace was due to accidental administrative deletion of the  namespace contents or by loss/corruption of the DFS configuration  data.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;DFSN Recovery  options:                                                                                                                                &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;·         Standalone  DFSN                                                                                                              &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;o   Registry data  deleted?                                                                                   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use system-state backup of Namespace server, see recovery  option 1 of Standalone DFS Root and Links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use exported copy of the DFSN namespace using DFSUTIL, see  recovery option 2 of Standalone DFS Root and Links  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Recreate the DFS Namespace                                                                     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;o   Root or Link share  deleted?                                                                                         &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use system-state backup of namespace server, see recovery  option 1 of Shared                 folders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use saved share configuration registry data, see recovery  option 2 of Shared     folders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;·         Domain  DFSN                                                                                                     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;o   Active Directory configuration data is  deleted?                                                                                   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Restore the Active Directory DFS configuration data from  backup, see recovery option 1 of Domain DFS Root and Links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use exported copy of the DFSN domain namespace using DFSUTIL,  see recovery option 2 of DFS Root and Links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Recreate the namespace, see recovery option 3 of DFS Root and  Links                                                                    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;o   Registry data  deleted?                                                                                   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use system-state backup of Namespace server to recover the  registry                                                                   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Recreate the namespace, see recovery option 3 of DFS Root and  Links                                                                    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;o   Root or Link share  deleted?                                                                                         &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use system-state backup of namespace server, see recovery  option 1 of Shared                 folders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;§  Use saved share configuration registry data, see recovery  option 2 of Shared     folders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The following chart details how the data (Active Directory or  registry of a DFS namespace server) is impacted by various operations  against a DFS namespace: &lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_close"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Collapse  this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Expand this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table class="table" cellspacing="1"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Namespace  type             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Modification type             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resulting configuration changes             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain                             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain DFS Root or Links              &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Active Directory, Registry             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Standalone             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Standalone Root/Link             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Registry             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain/Standalone             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shared folders             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;File System, Registry             &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Utilize the dfsutil.exe utility to view the contents of the DFS  configuration.  Dfsutil is available within the Windows Server 2003 and  the Windows XP Support Tools package, and it is included with Windows  Server 2008 once the Distributed File System Role Service is installed  via Server Manager.  The following data lists the configuration for the  DFS namespace/root named "DATA" after running the commands "dfsutil  /root:\\contoso.com\DATA /view" (on 2003) or "dfsutil root  \\contoso.com\DATA" (on 2008):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DFS Utility Version 5.2 (built on 5.2.3790.3959)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Domain Root with 1 Links [Blob Size: 704 bytes]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SiteCosting:ENABLED&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Root Name="\\CONTOSO\DATA" State="1" Timeout="300"  Attributes="64"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Target Server="2003SERVER1" Folder="DATA" State="2"   [Site: Default-First-Site-Name]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Link Name="documentation" State="1" Timeout="1800"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                Target Server="2003server1"  Folder="documentation" State="2"  [Site: Default-First-Site-Name]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                Target Server="2003server2"  Folder="documentation" State="2"  [Site: Default-First-Site-Name]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Root with 1 Links [Blob Size: 704 bytes]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This DFS namespace contains a single folder/link called  "Documentation" and contains two folder/link targets,  "\\2003server1\documentation" and "\\2003server2\documentation".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The DFS configuration Data queried by DFSUtil is stored within  the following location within Active Directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=&lt;domain&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Windows Server 2003, each Domain DFS Root/Namespace is stored  within an "fTDfs" object which contains an attribute "pKT"  containing  the configuration data (namespace settings, namespace servers, folder  targets, etc).  For instance, the "DATA" namespace listed in the  dfsutil.exe output above is located with an fTDfs object at this  location:  CN=DATA,CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=&lt;domain&gt;.   No parts of this object should ever be modified directly.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=&lt;domain&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                |_fTDfs &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Windows Server 2008, Domain DFS Roots/Namespaces may be  configured in "Windows Server 2008 mode".  In this mode, configuration  data is stored under an "msDFS-NamespaceAnchor" class object.  An object  of class "msDFS-Namespacev2" represents each root, and each root  contains an "msDFS-Linkv2" object representing each hosted link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=&lt;domain&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                |_msDFS-NamespaceAnchor&lt;br /&gt;                                                |_msDFS-Namespacev2&lt;br /&gt;                                                                 |_msDFS-Linkv2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Each DFS Namespace/Root server utilizes registry data to  identify the root(s) it hosts.  Without this information, the DFS  service would not obtain the configuration data from Active Directory  and would fail to host the root(s).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For 2003/2008 domain-based DFS roots, this keys store the root  associations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\Domain&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For "Windows Server 2008 mode" roots, the following key stores  the root associations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\DomainV2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Within this key exists a subkey for each root hosted by the  server and specifies the root share via two values "LogicalShare" and  "RootShare".  The key for the "DATA" root would be as follows:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\Domain\DATA&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For standalone DFS roots, configuration data isn't stored within  Active Directory.  Configuration data is stored within the following  location:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\Standalone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Beneath the "Standalone" key exists subkeys for the specific  standalone root(s) hosted by the server, and within each, subkeys  containing configuration data for the hosted folders/links.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The file server shares specified by the "LogicalShare" and  "RootShare" registry values must exist and be accessible for proper  operation of a DFS root.  Access will be denied to a root if the share  is missing or is configured with inappropriate permissions.  It is  recommended to never directly edit these registry values. Backup:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To backup a DFS Namespace server, a system-state backup is  required.   The backup will contain the registry configuration for the  server's DFS service.  If the domain-based namespace server is also a  domain controller, the system-state will also include a backup of the  Active Directory database, where domain-based DFS namespaces store the  configuration data.  For namespace servers not running on domain  controllers, ensure at least one domain controller is backed up  regularly to prevent the loss of configuration data in the event a  domain controller experiences a failure.  Lastly, ensure the DFS-related  folders residing on the server are included within the backup.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For additional details about system-state backups and  restorations, please see the following articles:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2003&lt;br /&gt;http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc759141.aspx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2008&lt;br /&gt;http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc770266.aspx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note the typical shelf life of a system-state backup of  Active Directory is only 60 days:&lt;br /&gt;http://support.microsoft.com/kb/216993&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An alternate method to save the DFS configuration data is via  the DFSUtil.exe utility.  The output created via the "export" option may  be used to recreate the missing DFS configuration information lost  through accidental deletion.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_close"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Collapse  this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Expand this table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;table class="table" cellspacing="1"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;div class="kb_nowrapper"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_close"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_collapsetext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Collapse  this image&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext"&gt;&lt;span class="kb_expandtext_background"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Expand this image&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img class="graphic" src="http://support.microsoft.com/library/images/support/kbgraphics/" alt="" title="" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/div&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;i&gt;Recovery:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once the scope of the modifications have been  identified, the appropriate recovery process should be performed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Domain DFS Root and Links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 1 - Restore the Active Directory DFS configuration  data from backup&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For domain-based DFS, modification of a DFS  root via a management tool has the largest potential impact to the  namespace.  This is because whenever modifications are performed via DFS  API's, all root servers are notified of the changes and they will  update their registry as required.  Thus, restoration of the DFS  configuration within Active Directory from backups may also require the  task of recovering the registry of root servers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Authoritatively restore the DFS configuration blob.  This  requires the startup of a DC in DS restore mode, restoring the Active  Directory database from a backup which still contains a valid copy of  the DFS configuration, marking the DFS root directory object as  authoritative, and replicating this throughout the domain.  DFS roots,  by default, obtain DFS configuration data from the PDC FSMO role owner  domain controller.  To prevent replication latencies from impacting the  time until the roots begin hosting the restored namespace(s), consider  using the PDC FSMO as the domain controller to restore.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The authoritative restoration process is detailed in the  following article:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Performing an Authoritative Restore of Active Directory Objects&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc779573.aspx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Restoring Active Directory:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Windows Server  2003:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc758435.aspx&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;a.   Start the computer in Directory Services Restore Mode.&lt;br /&gt;b.  To start the Windows Server 2003 backup utility, click Start, point  to All Programs, point to Accessories, point to System Tools, and then  click Backup.&lt;br /&gt;c.  On the Welcome to the Backup or Restore Wizard page, click Next.&lt;br /&gt;d.  Click Restore files and settings, and then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;e.  Select System State, and then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;f.  On the Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard page, click Advanced.&lt;br /&gt;g.  In Restore files to, click Original Location, and then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;h.  Click Leave existing files (Recommended), and then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;i.  Click Finish.&lt;br /&gt;j.  When the restore process is complete, click Close, and then click No  to remain in Directory Services Restore Mode.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOTE:  Do not reboot when prompted by the backup program.  If a  reboot is performed and Active Directory replication takes place, the  domain controller will replicate the deletions again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Windows Server 2008:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc730683.aspx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.  At the &lt;b&gt;Windows&lt;/b&gt; logon screen, click &lt;b&gt;Switch User&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;b&gt;Other User&lt;/b&gt;. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.  Type &lt;b&gt;.\administrator&lt;/b&gt; as the user name, type the DSRM  password for the server, and then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.  Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, right-click &lt;b&gt;Command Prompt&lt;/b&gt;, and  then click &lt;b&gt;Run as Administrator&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.  At the command prompt, type the following command, and then  press ENTER:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;wbadmin get versions -backuptarget:&lt;targetdrive&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-machine:&lt;backupcomputername&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;targetdrive&gt;: is the location of the backup that you want  to restore.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;backupcomputername&gt; is the name of the computer where you  want to recover the backup. This parameter is useful when you have  backed up multiple computers to the same location or you have renamed  the computer since the backup was taken. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.  Identify the version that you want to restore.   You must  enter this version exactly in the next step.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.  At the command prompt, type the following command (wrapped  for readability), and then press ENTER:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;wbadmin start systemstaterecovery  -version:&lt;mm/dd/yyyy-hh:mm&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-backuptarget:&lt;targetdrive&gt;:  -machine:&lt;backupcomputername&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-quiet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Marking the DFS configuration data authoritative:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It  is important to know the distingiushed name of the namespace(s) to be  restored so that the DFS root object(s) may be marked authoritatively.   It should be in the  format  "CN=&lt;rootname&gt;,CN=DFS-Configuration,CN=System,DC=" and may need to  be enclosed in quotation marks if spaces exist within any labels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a.  In Directory Services Restore Mode, click Start, click Run,  type ntdsutil, and then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;b.  At the ntdsutil: prompt, type authoritative restore, and  then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;c.  To restore a subtree  of objects, type the following command   and then press ENTER:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     restore subtree DistinguishedName&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     For example, to restore all DFS Namespace objects in the  domain contoso.com , type:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     restore subtree  "CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=contoso,dc=com"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     *Warning* - All DFS namespaces will be affected by this  operation, returning them to the state contained in the backup.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     To restore a single DFS Namespace object for a root named  "DATA" in the domain contoso.com, type:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     restore subtree  "CN=DATA,CN=Dfs-Configuration,CN=System,DC=contoso,dc=com"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Restoring a subtree of objects ensures the operation will  complete successfully for both v1 and v2 namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;d.  Click Yes in the message box to confirm the command.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;e.  At the authoritative restore: and ntdsutil: prompts, type  quit, and then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;f.  Restart the domain controller in normal operating mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;g.  Allow Active Directory replication sufficient time to  replicate the objects throughout the domain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Verify registry data on all DFS roots&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Each domain  DFS namespace/root server must have proper registry data under the  location "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\Domain" in  order to properly host the restored DFS root(s).  If the DFS namespace  was deleted via a DFS management tool, you may have to manually create  the keys and "LogicalShare" and "RootShare" values on each root.  Once  the registry data is in place, restart the DFS service on each root to  reinitialize DFS and obtain the restored configuration data.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, to create the "LogicalShare" and "RootShare" for a  DFS Namespace named "Data" whose shared folder for the root is named  "DataShare", the following steps are used:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.  Click Start , click Run , type regedit in the Open box, and  then click OK . &lt;br /&gt;2.  Locate and then click the following registry subkey:&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Dfs\Roots\Domain&lt;br /&gt;3.  Right-click Domain , point to New , and then click Key.&lt;br /&gt;4.  Type "Data" as the key name, and then press ENTER. &lt;br /&gt;5.  Right-click the "Data" key, point to New, and then click "String  Value".&lt;br /&gt;6.  Type "LogicalShare" as the value name.&lt;br /&gt;7.  Right-click the "LogicalShare" value, and then click Modify.&lt;br /&gt;8.  In the Value data box, type "DataShare" , and then click OK .&lt;br /&gt;9.  Right-click the "Data" key, point to New, and then click "String  Value".&lt;br /&gt;10.  Type "RootShare" as the value name.&lt;br /&gt;11.  Right-click the "RootShare" value, and then click Modify.&lt;br /&gt;12.  In the Value data box, type "DataShare" , and then click OK .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 2 - Import the DFS configuration if an export is  available&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An export of the DFS configuration consists of a  text file generated via dfsutil.exe and the following command:  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                Windows Server 2003:&lt;br /&gt;                dfsutil /root:\\contoso.com\DATA  /export:DATA-dfs-Root.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                Windows Server 2008:&lt;br /&gt;                dfsutil root export \\contoso.com\DATA DATA-dfs-root.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To recover a namespace via an export file, perform the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a.  If the root doesn't already exist, create it using DFS  Management.  Add all appropriate root targets.  Dfsutil.exe will fail to  import the configuration if the root itself doesn't already exist and  will not add root targets as defined in the file.  However, you may  review the contents of the export file to identify which root targets  should be manually added.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;b.  Import the configuration file to create all of the hosted  links via the commands:&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2003:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil /root:\\contoso.com\DATA /import: DATA-dfs-Root.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2008:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil  root import set DATA-dfs-Root.txt \\contoso.com\DATA&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Where the domain is contoso.com, "DATA" is the root's name, and  "DATA-dfs-Root.txt" is the export file)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Attempting the import before the root has been created will  result in the error "Element not found."  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Attempting to add a root target that already has registry  configuration data associated with the root results in the errors "The  device is not ready for use" or "Cannot create a file when that file  already exists."  To remove the registry data from the affected server,  utilize the "clean" option within DFSUtil:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2003:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil /clean /server:&lt;servername&gt; /share:&lt;sharename&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2008:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil diag clean \\&lt;servername&gt;\&lt;sharename&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;c.  Verify the import was successful.  You may have to reopen  any DFS management tools to observe the imported links.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 3 - Recreate the Namespace(s)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It  may be easier to simply recreate the namespaces as required.  This  activity will update the configuration within Active Directory and the  registry of the roots.  If adding a server as a root fails indicating  the root is already hosted by the server, check the registry  configuration of the server to ensure that it doesn't already have  configuration data for the original root.  To remove such data, run the  following command:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                dfsutil /clean /server:servername  /share:sharename&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Where "servername" is the server which needs to be added as a  new root target and "sharename" is the name of the share to host the  root)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On Windows Server 2008:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                dfsutil diag clean \\servername\sharename Active Directory fTDfs object&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the ftDfs object within Active Directory was directly  deleted, restore the object as detailed in Option 1 of the "Domain DFS  Root and Links" section.  There should be no need to repair missing  registry data, as a direct deletion of the fTDfs object is performed  without using DFS API's and no notifications sent to the DFS roots of  the deletion.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If an export of the DFS configuration exists, the process will  be similar to that in Option 2 of the "Domain DFS Root and Links"  section.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lastly, you may also recreate the DFS namespace, ensuring each  DFS root has been properly cleaned of the previous configuration.   See  Option 3 of the "Domain DFS Root and Links" section for more details.   Standalone DFS Root and Links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 1 - Restore the Standalone DFS configuration data from  backup &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a standalone DFS namespace/root server  experiences configuration data loss, it is recommended to restore the  system-state of the server from backup.  This operation will  automatically restore the configuration data to the proper state.   Attempting to modify the registry of a standalone DFS root is not  recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 2 - Import the DFS configuration if an export is  available  &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a DFSUTIL.EXE export exists for the root, it  may be imported via the commands:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2003:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil /root:\\server-name\namespace-name /import: DATA-dfs-Root.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Server 2008:&lt;br /&gt;dfsutil  root import set DATA-dfs-Root.txt \\contoso.com\DATA&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 3 - Recreate the Namespace(s)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It may be  easier to simply recreate the standalone namespace(s) as required.   Shared folders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a domain-based or a standalone DFS namespace server  experiences loss of a DFS share and the DFS configuration remains, the  shares must be recovered to restore DFS functionality.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 1 -&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;Restore the Standalone DFS configuration  data from backup &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Restore the system-state from a backup made  prior to the loss.   The system-state includes the registry data for  the server to host the shares.  Ensure the folder(s) for the share(s)  also are present on the server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Option 2 - Recover the share configuration data from the  registry&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a system-state backup of a DFS Namespace server  is not available but share registry information exists, this information  may be used to restore the share configuration of the server.  Shares  and assigned share permissions are stored in the following registry key:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Shares&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To save this registry key using the registry editor, click  Export on the File menu.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This registry key may be imported to the DFS Namespace server or  used as a reference of the share names and location of shared folders  for manual creation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To restore or import the registry key using the registry editor,  click Import on the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once the shares have been recovered, restart the Namespace  server's DFS service to initialize the namespace.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;by microsoft&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-4469016426413547026?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/4469016426413547026/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/recovery-process-of-dfs-namespace-in.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4469016426413547026?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/4469016426413547026?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/recovery-process-of-dfs-namespace-in.html' title='Recovery process of a DFS Namespace in Windows 2003 and 2008 Server'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;DUcCSHwyfCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-7100774621016381517</id><published>2010-03-15T01:53:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T02:57:49.294-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T02:57:49.294-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Troubleshoot'/><title>"Outlook.pst can not be accessed - 0x80040116" error message when you start Outlook 2000 or open a personal folder file</title><content type='html'>To resolve this issue, run the "2 GB Truncation" tool, run     the Inbox Repair tool, and then open the repaired file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;:  Because there are several versions of Microsoft Windows, the     following steps may be different on your computer. If they are, see  your     product documentation to complete these steps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Part 1: Run the "2  GB Truncation" Tool&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;The "2 GB Truncation" tool (Pst2gb.exe) is  available for download from the Microsoft Download Center:&lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;span class="ll"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=B33B1DFF-6F50-411D-BBDF-82019DDA602E&amp;amp;displaylang=en"&gt;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=B33B1DFF-6F50-411D-BBDF-82019DDA602E&amp;amp;displaylang=en&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="pLink"&gt;              (http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=B33B1DFF-6F50-411D-BBDF-82019DDA602E&amp;amp;displaylang=en)          &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kb_space"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Extract the  2gb152.exe file to an empty folder. You should see the following five  files: &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Msstdfmt.dll&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Msvbvm60.dll&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Pst2gb.exe&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Readme.rtf&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Readme.txt&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Search&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the &lt;b&gt;Tools&lt;/b&gt;  menu, click &lt;b&gt;Folder Options&lt;/b&gt;, and then click the &lt;b&gt;View&lt;/b&gt; tab.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Show hidden files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;, click     to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Hide extensions for known file  types&lt;/strong&gt; check box,     click to clear the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Hide protected operating  system files     (Recommended)&lt;/strong&gt; check box, click &lt;b&gt;Yes&lt;/b&gt; to confirm that  you want to display protected operating system     files, and then click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;What do you want to search for?&lt;/strong&gt;,     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All or part of the file name&lt;/strong&gt; box,     type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;*.pst&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Look in&lt;/strong&gt; list, click &lt;b&gt;Local Hard Drives (C:)&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;b&gt;Search&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Note the path to the .pst file  that you want to repair. By     default, this file is named Outlook.pst.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;,  click &lt;b&gt;Run&lt;/b&gt;, type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;&lt;var&gt;path&lt;/var&gt;\pst2gb.exe      -s&lt;/span&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;, where &lt;var&gt;path&lt;/var&gt; is the  complete path to     the Pst2gb.exe file that you extracted in step 2. For example, if  you extracted     the "2 GB Truncation" tool files to the C:\Files folder, type     &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;c:\files\pst2gb.exe -s&lt;/span&gt;, and then  click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Continue&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Browse&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  the .pst file that you want to repair, and then click     &lt;b&gt;Open&lt;/b&gt;. By default, this file is named Outlook.pst.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click  &lt;b&gt;Create&lt;/b&gt;, type a new unique file name for the .pst file such as     &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;Outlook-2&lt;/span&gt; in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;File name&lt;/strong&gt; box, and     then click &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Oversized  PST Recovery Tool&lt;/strong&gt; dialog     box, click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;After you run the tool, click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;b&gt;Close&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Part 2: Run the  Inbox Repair Tool&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;b&gt;Search&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Under  &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;What do you want to search for?&lt;/strong&gt;,     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All files and folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;All or part of the file name&lt;/strong&gt; box,     type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;scanpst.exe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Look in&lt;/strong&gt; list, click &lt;b&gt;Local Hard Drives (C:)&lt;/b&gt;,  and then click &lt;b&gt;Search&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the list of found files,  double-click the Scanpst.exe     file.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;b&gt;Browse&lt;/b&gt;, and then open the folder that  contains the new .pst file that     you created by using the "2 GB Truncation" tool.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the  new .pst file that you created, and then click &lt;b&gt;Open&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In  the &lt;b&gt;Inbox Repair Tool&lt;/b&gt; dialog box, click &lt;b&gt;Start&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When  the file has been scanned, click &lt;b&gt;Repair&lt;/b&gt; to repair the errors in  the file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: This procedure may take several hours.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When  you receive the "Repair complete" message, click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Restart  the computer.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Part 3: Open the  Repaired File in Outlook 2000&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start Outlook 2000.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the &lt;b&gt;File&lt;/b&gt;  menu, point to &lt;b&gt;Open&lt;/b&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Personal  Folders File     (.pst)&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open the folder that contains the new .pst  file that you     created and repaired.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click the new .pst file, and then  click &lt;b&gt;OK&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;NOTE&lt;/b&gt;: If this file opens successfully, it  is listed in the file list     under &lt;b&gt;Recovered Personal Folders&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Copy the data from  each folder in Recovered Personal     Folders to the "Outlook Today - (Personal Folders)" folders.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;by microsoft&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-7100774621016381517?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/7100774621016381517/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/outlookpst-can-not-be-accessed.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7100774621016381517?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/7100774621016381517?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/outlookpst-can-not-be-accessed.html' title='&quot;Outlook.pst can not be accessed - 0x80040116&quot; error message when you start Outlook 2000 or open a personal folder file'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry><entry gd:etag='W/&quot;CUYERXg_cCp7ImA9WxBbFkk.&quot;'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6308142710883006529.post-6304009202590315194</id><published>2010-03-15T01:50:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-15T01:51:44.648-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app='http://www.w3.org/2007/app'>2010-03-15T01:51:44.648-07:00</app:edited><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Troubleshoot'/><title>You receive an error message when you start Outlook</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Open a New Personal Folders (.pst) File&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;If you want to open a new .pst file, type a name  for the new file     in the &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Create/Open Personal Folders File&lt;/strong&gt;  dialog box, and then     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Open&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Personal Folders  (.pst) File That Is Located on a Network Server &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;.PST files that are located on network drives are  not supported.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For additional information, click the following article number to view  the article in the Microsoft Knowledge Base:  &lt;div class="indent"&gt;&lt;a class="KBlink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/297019/"&gt;297019&lt;/a&gt;                              &lt;span class="pLink"&gt;             (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/297019/                         )         &lt;/span&gt;   Personal folder files are unsupported over a LAN or over a WAN link  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 id="tocHeadRef"&gt;Corrupted Personal  Folders (.pst) File&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;                 loadTOCNode(2, 'resolution');             &lt;/script&gt;If you suspect that your .pst file is corrupted,  you may be able     to recover the file by using the Inbox Repair Tool. To do so, follow  these     steps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Note&lt;/b&gt; Because there are several versions of  Microsoft Windows, the     following steps may be different on your computer. If they are, see  your     product documentation to complete these steps.      &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;, point to     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Search&lt;/strong&gt;, and then click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt; Files or     Folders&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;span class="userInput"&gt;scanpst.exe&lt;/span&gt;  in the     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Search for files or folders named&lt;/strong&gt;  box, and then click     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Search Now&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the list of  found files, double-click the     &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Scanpst.exe&lt;/strong&gt; file. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Type the  name of the .pst file that you want to repair, or     click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Browse&lt;/strong&gt; to locate the .pst  file. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong class="uiterm"&gt;Start&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;If  you receive an error message, you have the option to back up     the file before you try to repair it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The log file for the  repair     process has the same name as the .pst file with a .log file name  extension. If     you repair a file that is named Mailbox.pst, the log file is named  Mailbox.log.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6308142710883006529-6304009202590315194?l=windowreference.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/feeds/6304009202590315194/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-receive-error-message-when-you.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6304009202590315194?v=2'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6308142710883006529/posts/default/6304009202590315194?v=2'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://windowreference.blogspot.com/2010/03/you-receive-error-message-when-you.html' title='You receive an error message when you start Outlook'/><author><name>Tran Duan</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04647476961155259690</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:extendedProperty name='OpenSocialUserId' value='06875893436955489798'/></author><thr:total xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'>0</thr:total></entry></feed>